EPA-450/3-91-002

     Air Pollutant  Emission
  Standards and Guidelines for
 Municipal  Waste  Combustors:
       Economic Analysis of
Materials Separation Requirement
            Emission Standards Division
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
            Office of Air and Radiation
        Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
               November 1990

-------

-------
This report is issued by the Emission Standards Division of the Office of Air
Quality Planning and  Standards of the Environmental Protection Agency.
It presents technical data of interest to a limited number of readers. Copies
are available free of charge  to Federal employees, current contractors and
grantees,  and non-profit organizations—as supplies permit—from the Li-
brary Services Office (MD-35), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Re-
search Triangle Park,  NC 27711, phone 919-541-2777 (FTS 629-2777),  or
may be obtained for a fee from the National Technical Information Service,
5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, phone 703-487-4650 (FTS 737-
4650).
                  Publication No. EPA-450/3-91-002

-------

-------
                                    CONTENTS

Chapter                                                                 Page


   1    Introduction	       j.j

   2    Materials Separation and Recycling Programs: Predicting the
        Implementation of the Materials Separation Requirement	2-1
        2.1   Overview of Materials Separation and Recycling.	2-3
             2.1.1   Differentiating Materials Separation from Recycling.	2-3
             2.1.2   Materials Separation and Recycling Programs	2-4
        2.2   Baseline Levels of Recycling	2-13
        2.3   Case Studies and Surveys of Recycling Programs	2-13
             2.3.1   Case Studies	2-16
             2.3.2   National Solid Wastes Management Association
                    (NSWMA) Survey	2-18
        2.4   Model Programs	2-18
             2.4.1   Key Elements of Materials Separation Model Programs	2-18
             2.4.2   Two-Stream Household Separation Model Programs	2-29
             2.4.3   Multiple-Stream Separation Model Program	2-30

   3    Costs and Cost-Savings of Model Materials Separation Programs.	...3-1
        3.1   A Critical Behavioral Assumption: Expansion of the Catchment
             Area of Existing MWCs	3_2
        3.2   Collection Systems and Processing Facilities	3.4
        3.3   Household Cost of Materials Separation.	3-15
        3.4   Downsizing Credit for Planned MWCs	.3-ig
        3.5   Avoided Landfill Costs	  3_2i
             3.5.1   Greater Estimate of Avoided Landfill Costs.	3-21
             3.5.2  Lesser Estimate of Avoided Landfill Costs	;..3-23
        3.6  Implications of a Change in Waste Composition	3-24
                                     111

-------
Chapter
                              CONTENTS (continued)
Page
        3.7  Avoided Residential MSW Collection Costs	3-27
             3.7.1   Greater Estimate of Avoided Costs.	~	3-27
             3.7.2   Lesser Estimate of Avoided Costs	3-28
        3.8  Adjusting Model Program Costs for Scale.	3-31

   4    Framework for Estimating National Costs and Diversion	4-1
        4.1  Existing and Planned MWCs	4-1
        4.2  Model Communities	4.9
             4.2.1   Population Served	4-10
             4.2.2   Location of the Catchment Area	4-12
             4.2.3   Density	„	....4-12
             4.2.4   Population-Served and Density Classes.	4-13
             4.2.5   Assumed Density of Planned MWCs	4-13
             4.2.6   Summary	4_13
        4.3  Assigning Model Programs to Model Communities	4-15

   5    Market Impacts of a Materials Separation Requirement	5-1

        5.1   Comparative Statics of a Materials Separation Requirement	5-3
        5.2 Preliminary Estimates of Market Impacts of a Materials Separation
            Requirement	5.3
            5.2.1   Post-Consumer Newspaper.	5.9
            5.2.2   Post-Consumer Glass	5.11
            5.2.3   Post-Consumer Aluminum Used Beverage Containers	5-12
            5.2.4   Post-Consumer Steel Containers.	5-14
            5.2.5   Post-Consumer Plastic Containers	5.15

   6   National Materials Separation Costs and Total Diversion.^	6-1
                                    IV

-------
                              CONTENTS (continued)
Chapter
                                                                        Page
   References.
                                                                        .R-l
   Appendix A: Legislation and Procurement Guidelines. ............................................ A-l


   Appendix B: Paper and Paperboard Industry Profile ................................................ B-l
   Appendix C: Glass Industry Profile
   Appendix D: Aluminum Industry Profile.
   Appendix E:  Costs and Credits of the Materials Separation Requirement for
        Selected Groups of Combustors .............................. ......................................  j?-l

-------

-------
                                     TABLES
Number
                                                                       Page
   2- 1   Johnston, Rhode Island, Materials Recovery Facility (MRF) ......................... 2-6


   2-2   Yard Waste Separation and Collection Methods .......................................... 2-12


   2-3   Definitions of Municipal Solid Waste. .................................. ', ....................... 2-15


   2-4   Comparison of Recycling Programs [[[ 2-17


   2-5   Background Information from the National Solid Wastes Management
       .  Association Survey. [[[ °         2-19


   2-6   Key Elements of Materials Separation Model Programs .............................. 2-22


   2-7   Unit Pricing Programs [[[        2-24


   2-8   Model Programs:  Participation Rates [[[ 2-28


   3-1A  Collection. Systems for the Two-Stream Model Program "Option 2" ............ 3-7


   3- IB  Processing Facilities for the Two-Stream Model Program "Option 2" .......... 3-8


   3-1C  Program Administration for the Two-Stream Model
         Program"Option 2" [[[    _
   3-2A  Collection Systems for the Multiple Stream Model Program "MS". ............ 3-10


   3-2B  Processing Facilities for the Multiple Stream Model Program "MS". .......... 3- 1 1
  3-2C  Program Administration for the Multiple Stream Model Program

-------
                               TABLES (continued)
Number
                                                                      Page
   3-7   Pre- and Post-Separation Composition of MSW.	3-26

   3-8A  Percent Reduction in Refuse Collection Cost Assuming No Change in
         Frequency of Refuse Collection	3-30


   3-8B  Percent Reduction in Refuse Collection Cost Assuming Halved
         Frequency of Refuse Collection	3-30


   4-1   Existing Municipal Waste Combustors	4-3

   4-2   Characteristics of Model MWCs	4-8


   4-3   Classification of Model Communities.	4.9


   4-4   Population Served and Density Classes: Ranges, Medians, and
         Number of Observations	4-14

   4-5   Description of Model Communities	4-14


   4-6   Predicted Choice of Materials Separation Programs, by Community
         Type.	4_19


   4-7   Number of Existing and Planned MWCs Assigned to Model Programs
         and Communities.	„	4_20


   4-8   Number of Existing and Planned MWCs Assigned to Model Programs
         and Communities after Exclusions Based on Size and Baseline
         Materials Separation.	4_2i


   5-1   MSR Impacts Estimates:  Post-Consumer Newspaper Market	5-17


   5-2   MSR Impacts Estimates:  Post-Consumer Glass Market	5-17


   5-3   MSR Impacts Estimates:  Post-Consumer Aluminum Market	5-18


   5-4   MSR Impacts Estimates:  Post-Consumer Steel Market	5-18


   5-5   MSR Impacts Estimates: Post-Consumer Plastic Market	5-19
                                   vu

-------
                                TABLES (continued)
Number
                                                                        Page
   6-1    Materials Separation Costs, Avoided Costs, and Revenues for MWCs
          Larger than 35 Megagrams per Day Capacity	6-2

   6-2    Net Quantities Diverted, Prices, and Revenues for Estimate One	.....6-3

   6-3    Net Quantities Diverted, Prices, and Revenues for Estimate Two.	6-3

   A-l    State Comprehensive Recycling Laws	'.A-4

   A-2    Selected Characteristics of State Recycling Programs.	A-6

   B-l-    Principal Product Categories for Paper	         5.3

   B-2    Secondary Materials Matrix for Waste Paper Showing the Different
          Grades and the Products They Make.	jj-6

   B-3   Barriers to Increased Use of Paper and Paperboard.	B-9

   C-l   Glass Container Shipments	„...„                Q_%

   C-2   Specifications for Furnace-Ready Gullet	         C-5

   C-3   Glass Discarded to Municipal Waste Stream, 1960 to 2000	C-l 1

   C-4   Summary of State Glass Recycling Programs.	C-15

   D-l   Aluminum Production, Imports, and Exports, 1985 to 1989	D-1

   D-2   Aluminum Discarded to Municipal Waste Stream, 1960 to 2000	D-8

   D-3   Used Beverage Cans Shipped and Recycled, 1985 to 1988	D-9
  E-1A  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Planned
         MWCs	;	

  E-1B  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Planned
         MWCs	
.E-4
                                                                       .E-4
                                   vui

-------
                               TABLES (continued)
Number
                                                                      Page
  " E-1C Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Medium Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Planned MWCs	;.,E-5

   E-1D Materials Separation Costs Medium Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program:  Option 2 Planned
         MWCs	^    E-5

   E-1E  Materials Separation Costs Medium Population, Medium Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Planned MWCs	E-6

   E-1F  Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program:  Option 1 Planned
         MWCs...;	E_6

   E-1G  Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         (Community Two-Stream Recycling Program:  Option 2 Planned
         MWCs	E_7

   E-1H  Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Planned MWCs	E-7

   E-1I   Materials Separation Costs High Population, High Density Community
         Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Planned MWCs	E-8

   E-l J   Materials Separation Costs High Population, High Density Community
         Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Planned MWCs	E-8

   E-2A  Materials Separation Costs Very Small Population, Low Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Existing
         MWCs	E.10

   E-2B  Materials Separation Costs Very Small Population, Low Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Existing MWCs	E-10

   E-2C  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Low Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Existing
         MWCs	E.n

   E-2D  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Low Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Existing MWCs	E-ll
                                   IX

-------
                               TABLES (continued)
Number
                                                                     Page
   E-2E  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Existing
                                                                     E-12

   E-2F  Materials Separation Costs Small Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Existing
         MWCs [[[         E-12

   E-2G  Materials Separation Costs Medium Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Existing
         MWCs [[[                    E-13

   E-2H  Materials Separation Costs Medium Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 2 Existing
         MWCs [[[         £_j3

   E-2I   Materials Separation Costs Medium Population, Medium Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Existing MWCs ............. E-14

   E-2J   Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Existing
         MWCs [[[ ° .............. E_14
  E-2K  Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         Community Two-Stream Recycling Program:  Option 2 Existing
         MWCs
                                                                    .E-15
  E-2L  Materials Separation Costs High Population, Medium Density
         Community Multiple Stream Recycling Program Existing MWCs	E-15

  E-2M  Materials Separation Costs High Population, High Density Community
         Two-Stream Recycling Program: Option 1 Existing MWCs	E-16


-------
                               TABLES (continued)
Number
Page
   E-5A Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Newspapers	E-19


   E-5B Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Glass	E-19


   E-5C Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Aluminum.	E-20


   E-5D Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Ferrous Metal	',	E-20


   E-5E Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Plastic	E-21


   E-5F  Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals by Material
         Yardwaste.	E-21


   E-6   Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals Combustors
         with Greater than 35 MgPD Capacity, All States	E-22

   E-7   Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals Combustors
         with Greater than 100 MgPD Capacity	E-22


   E-8   Materials Separation Costs National Aggregate Totals Combustors
         with Greater than 35 MgPD Capacity, Original Composting
         Assumption.	E-23
                                   XI

-------
                                     FIGURES
Number



    1-1


   2-1



   3-1


   3-2


   5-1


   B-l


   B-2


   B-3


   B-4


   B-5


   B-6


   B-7


   B-8


   B-9


   B-10


   C-l


   D-l


   E-l



   E-2



   E-3
                                                                Page


 Household Solid Waste Flows	1_2
 Schematic Diagram of Materials Separation Process at Crestwood
 Illinois.	                               '
                                                                 .2-7
 Average Annualized Facility Costs	3_14


 Household Cost of Recycling.	3_17


 Market Impacts of a Materials Separation Requirement	5.4


 Flow of Paper and Paperboard Production.	B-3


 Old Newspaper Generation and Recovery	B-17


 Old Newspaper Recovery Rate	     B-18


 Newsprint Prices in Chicago, 1970 to 1988	B-19


 Utilization of Old Newspaper	B-21


 Used Corrugated.	;	         B-23


 Recovery of Used Corrugated Containers, 1970 to 1988.	B-24


 Used Corrugated Containers	,	t	B-25


 Office Paper Recovery and Discards	B-26


 High-Grade Deinking Paper Industry	B-28


 Approximate Glass Industry Materials How, in 1,000 tons, 1967	C-2


 Aluminum Beverage Can Recycling Growth in the U.S	D-9


 Guide to Tables in Group 1 (Costs and Credits by Program for Planned
 Combustors)	_                  E_3


Guide to Tables in Group 2 (Costs and Credits by Program for Existing
Combustors)	.'	_            6    E_9


Guide to Tables in Group 5 (Cost and Credits by Material Separated)	E-18
                                    xu

-------

-------
                                   CHAPTER 1
                                INTRODUCTION

        The New Source Performance Standards and Emission Guidelines for municipal
 waste combustors (MWCs) mandate separation and removal of 25 percent of municipal
 solid waste prior to combustion in an MWC.  Specifically, credit is given for separation
 of one or more of the following materials:
        •  Paper and paperboard
        •  Ferrous and nonferrous metals
        •  Glass
        •  Plastics
        •  Household hazardous wastes
        •  Household batteries
        •  Motor vehicle maintenance materials (used oil, tires, and batteries)
        •  Yard waste and leaves
       The separation requirement mandates not only the removal of 25 percent
 (calculated as annual average by weight) of municipal solid waste, but also the separation
 of lead-acid batteries heavier than 4.4 pounds.  In addition, the separation requirement
 allows a maximum of 10 percentage points credit for yard waste and leaves.

       Using the example of a household, the flowchart in Figure 1-1 shows the
 destinations of waste and recoverable materials. Notice that several paths lead to landfills
 and MWCs. The stated intent of the materials separation requirement is to dramatically
 alter the flow of municipal solid waste (MSW), diverting it from MWCs.  Although
 diversion of MSW from MWCs is itself beneficial, recycling must occur to obtain the
 additional benefits of increasing the supply of materials that are substitutes for virgin
paper, metals, glass, and plastic.

       Clearly, recycling is essential for reducing the quantity of combusted or landfilled
solid waste.  Typically, a residential recycling program requires households to separate
recyclables from refuse and to set them out for curbside pick-up, a collection system
(i.e., trucks and crew) in addition to the ordinary refuse collection system, and a
                                      1-1

-------
                                Household Consumption-
                                    Waste Generated
                                        Sort out  \  no
                                     ^recyclabtes?,


                                             yes
                Disposal of
             Recyclable Waste
  Drop-off
                                                            1
                                            Disposal of Unsorted or
                                             Non-recyclable Waste
Collection
 Service
          Recydabtes Processed,
            Readied for Market
Residuals
Landfill
            MWC
          Secondary Materials
              Markets
                  Figure 1-1.  Household Solid Waste Flows
                                          1-2

-------
facility that readies recyclable materials for market. Recycling requires a fundamental
change in the ways that households and municipalities manage waste.

      This study investigates the cost and performance of the recycling programs that
communities may rely on to comply with the materials separation requirements. It
addresses the following specific questions:
      •  How will increased separation be carried out?
      •  How much will the requirement increase materials separation?
      •  How will the requirement affect solid waste flows to MWCs and landfills?
      •  How will the requirement affect prices and quantities in the markets for
         secondary materials?
      •  What is the cost of increased separation?
                                     1-3

-------

-------
                                 CHAPTER 2
  MATERIALS SEPARATION AND RECYCLING PROGRAMS: PREDICTING
        THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE MATERIALS SEPARATION
                               REQUIREMENT

       "Materials separation" refers to the first phase of recycling—diverting materials
 from the combusted waste stream. "Recycling" requires two additional phases:
 preparing the separated materials for market, and manufacturing new products with these
 materials. These phases lead logically from one to another, and all three are required for
 recycling to occur (U.S. Congress, 1989). Traditionally, some materials are not recycled
 after separation because they do not meet market specifications or because the separated
 materials are not in demand due to a temporary surplus of the material in secondary
 materials markets.

       One goal of the New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) and Emission
 Guidelines  (EG) is to have communities with municipal waste combustors (MWCs)
 -interpret the materials separation requirement not only as a requirement to divert waste
 from an MWC but also as part of a waste management system that involves recycling the
 diverted materials. This particular goal is consistent with the Agency's announced
 objective of increasing recycling by governments, individuals, and corporations (U.S.
 EPA, 1989b, p. 24).

       The regulated communities may employ a large variety of materials separation
 programs to comply with the proposed regulation. Because of the diversity across the
 regulated communities, all communities will probably not pursue the same program.
 They are more likely to tailor programs to then- local situations.  A number of program
 characteristics may influence the nature and costs of a community's response to the
 proposed regulation. Most important among these characteristics are the materials
 targeted for separation and the place of separation.

       Materials differ according to then- representation hi the municipal solid waste
 (MSW) stream and their market value.  MSW includes all nonhazardous wastes from
household, institutional, commercial, municipal, and industrial sources (U.S.  EPA,
 1988c). Approximately 143 million Mg of MSW were generated in the United States in
 1986 (Franklin Associates, 1988).
                                    2-1

-------
        The NSPS and EG express the separation requirement in terms of the proportion
 by weight of the combusted waste stream, but it is incorrect to conclude that the form of
 the requirement implies that the heaviest factions of the waste stream are the best targets
 for separation. Because separation will impose costs, the opportunity may exist to
 partially or completely offset these costs if the separated material can be sold in
 secondary materials markets. The problem faced by municipalities is that some of the
 highest share components of the waste stream have little or no value to offset then-
 separation costs (e.g., yard wastes) while other fractions have a high value but represent
 only a small share of the waste stream (e.g., aluminum).

        A second consideration faced by the regulated communities is where to separate
 materials from the waste stream.  Centralized separation, at one extreme, would require
 generators to discard mixed wastes, which would be collected and subsequently separated
 and processed at a central facility. This method calls for the explicit expenditure of
 resources by the community to build and operate these materials recovery facilities. At
 the other end of the spectrum, generators would be required to separate certain fractions
 of their solid waste stream and place them at the curbside for collection or take them to a
 centralized drop-off location. This type of materials separation requires the implicit
 expenditure of resources by households.

       Some of the key recycling program collection and processing characteristics are
 outlined in this chapter along with examples of actual communities using each program.
 These program characteristics are subsequently used to develop a set of model programs
 designed to represent communities' responses to meeting the materials separation
 requirement

       Section 2.1 first draws a distinction between materials separation and recycling
 and then describes several materials separation and collection strategies currently in use
 across the nation.

       Section 2.2 establishes the baseline level of recycling for residential curbside
collection programs as well as for commercial and institutional collection sources. (See
Appendix A for information about state and national recycling efforts.)

       Section 2.3 presents several case studies of municipally run recycling programs.
Several characteristics of these programs are compared, including cost, size of population
served, and collection features.
                                       2-2

-------
        Section 2.4 describes the model curbside collection programs developed for this
 study.  The two types of model collection programs discussed in this section are the
 strategies most likely to be implemented in response to the NSPS and EG.  Section 2.4
 also provides the estimated household participation rates for each model program and the
 projected capture rates for each target material (i.e., steel cans, aluminum cans,
 newspapers, yard waste, glass containers, and high density polyethylene (HDPE) and
 polyethylene terephthalate (PET) plastic containers).

 2.1     OVERVIEW OF MATERIALS SEPARATION AND RECYCLING
        This section first draws a distinction between materials separation and recycling
 and then describes several materials separation and collection strategies currently in use
 across the nation. A primary behavioral assumption is that materials separation is
 perceived, not only as a method of diverting waste from an MWC, but as part of a
 materials management system. Shifting to a materials management concept requires
 thinking of MSW in terms of its components as individual resource streams rather than as
 an indistinguishable mixture (Waird, 1990).

 2.1.1    Differentiating Materials Separation from Recycling
       Recycling consists of three different phases:  separating and collecting target
 materials, preparing those materials for market, and actually manufacturing new products
 with recyclable materials. All of these phases are related and required for recycling to
 occur. Recycling does not occur unless the collected recyclable materials are made into a
 product that is actually used (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       Materials separation, on the other hand, refers simply to collecting and preparing
 target materials for market. Some materials will not be recycled after separation because
 either the materials do not meet market specifications or no market demand for the
materials exists.

       Therefore, materials separation and recycling differ in one important respect:
what happens  to the separated materials after they are collected and processed.  This
study focuses on the collection and preparation phases of recycling and materials
separation.
                                     2-3

-------
 2.1.2    Materials Separation and Recycling Programs
       Community managers must consider a plethora of issues when designing a
 materials separation program, including solid waste generation rates, population served,
 public convenience, collection characteristics, number of target materials, availability of
 disposal facilities, market requirements, distance to market, program cost, space needs,
 administrative roles and responsibilities, personnel needs, application of economic
 incentives/disincentives, and degree of community support (O'Leary and Walsh, 1988
 and The Minnesota Project, 1987).

       Several materials separation and recycling program strategies are described
 below. Each strategy can be classified into one of two groups:
       • relies exclusively on a centralized materials recovery facility or
       • requires household separation (possibly augmented with curbside separation by
         collection crews).

 Each strategy is illustrated with an example of a currently operating city program.

 2.12.1    Centralized Separation
       With centralized separation, commingled (mixed) materials picked up by curbside
 programs are sent to a central material recovery facility (MRF). At the MRF, materials in
 the incoming commingled stream are separated and processed into marketable
 recyclables. A MRF can stand alone or it can be incorporated into transfer stations,
 composting facilities, or the front end of waste-to-energy projects (Berenyi, 1990).

       The capital intensity of MRFs can vary considerably, as can the type of waste"
 stream they can process. A MRF can use complex machinery to separate various
 elements of value from the waste steam, or it can rely largely on human labor to manually
 pick through the wastes. The incoming waste stream can range from a load of garbage
 dumped onto a tipping floor to a shipment of highly source-separated recyclables
 (Biocyde Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990).

       MRFs can be designed to recover a variety of materials. The most common
materials cited are steel cans, clear glass, brown glass, green glass, aluminum, bi-metal
cans, newspaper, HOPE plastics, and PET plastics. On average, about 10 percent of a
MRF's daily tonnage ends up as nonrecyclable residue (Berenyi, 1990). This residue is a
                                      2-4

-------
 mixture of grit and contaminated paper and is usually disposed of but is sometimes
 composted.

        The MRF at Johnston, Rhode Island (see Table 2-1), is an example of a MRF that
 accepts source-separated commingled recyclables (Berenyi, 1990).  Crestwood, Illinois,
 operates a MRF that accepts about 400 tons of unseparated MSW (garbage) a day.
 Figure 2-1 illustrates the materials separation process used by the Crestwood facility
 (Radian Corporation, 1990).

 2.1.22    Household Separation
        Household separation requires residents to separate target recyclables from the
 rest of the garbage. These recyclables are then set out for curbside collection as part of
 the single-stream separation, two-stream separation, and multiple-stream separation
 programs or taken to a drop-off center by the resident.

       Single-Stream Household Separation. Single-stream household separation refers
 to a separation strategy that asks residents to provide commingled (mixed) recyclables
 (excluding compostable material) in a single container. For example, in one area of
 Seattle residents commingle all containers and old newspapers. Commingled set out is
 the most convenient strategy for residents; however, because the markets that purchase
 commingled materials are typically scarce, post-resident sorting is often necessary
 (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990).  Post-resident sorting can be done either at
 the curbside or at a centralized separation facility (i.e., a MRF).

       With curbside sorting the collector picks up the home storage container
 (containing a mixture of recyclables) and sorts the materials truckside into discrete
fractions representing the various salable commodities. Curbside sorters perform a
quality control function by rejecting nonrecyclables (which are simply left in the
container). Therefore, depending on the training and performance of the collector, the
separated materials are close to market specifications.
                                      2-5

-------
 TABLE 2-1.  JOHNSTON, RHODE ISLAND, MATERIALS RECOVERY
              FACILITY (MRF)
 Name:            Johnston MRF
 Location:         Johnston, RI
 Status:            Operational
 Start-up Date:     5/89
 Geographic Area: Northern Rhode Island (10 cities and towns; 1/3 of RI's population)
       Technical Specifications

 Degree of mechanization:     High
 Design capacity (TPD):        130
 Building size (ft2):          40,000
 Residue (TPD):             13.0
 Degree of pre-sorting:        None
 Materials commingled:       42%
 Materials source separated:    58%
 Residue/IPO design ratio:     0.10

	Materials Recovered

 Specific materials recovered:
   newspaper, cardboard, glass (clear,
   brown, green), aluminum, tin and
   bi-metal cans, PET and HOPE
   plastics
    Materials

  Newspaper
  Mixed recyclables
Tons per day

    55^0
    75.0
                             Operating History
                 Days operation/week:               5
                 Shifts/day:                        2
                 Hours/shift:                       8
                 Days operation/yean              250
                 Annual tons processed (yr):     36,000 (89)
                 Total FEE employees:              19
	  Costs	

 Capital Costs
  Original capital costs (yr):  $4,150,000 (89)
  Adjusted capital costs (yr):  $4,150,000 (89)
 Operation and Maintenance Costs
  Annual O&M without
    debt service (yr):         $1,054,000 (89/90)
                                             	      "•"^^^—•"^^^™n«^^^—»^™
Notes:  High-tech Bezner system separates glass from aluminum and plastics; also uses magnetic
       separator. Glass and plastics hand-sorted. New England CR Inc. has three-year contract
Source: Berenyi, 1990.
                                     2-6

-------
                                              IJ
                                              OS
                                              ?S
                                              CO g

                                              II
                                              S.3
CO
o
•
CO
co
                                               I
                                                                .2
                                                                 o
•.5.9
J-8-
°- §
                                                                i2
                             (0
JCO
co
o>
2
CO

1
•g
co

•g
co
O
                                                                          0)
                                                                          o
                                                                           n
                                                                           o
                                                                           o
                                                                           i
                                                                           £
                                                                           O
                                                                          OT
                                                                          (0
                                                                          <1>
                                                                          U
                                                                          O
                                                                          O
                                                                            £
                                                                         .2 ^-
                                                                         Is
                                                                         H- <£
                                                                          o .2

                                                                          E 2
                                                                          2S-
                                                                          o> o
                                                                          CO U
                                                                         5 §
                                                                          O =5
                                                                         1£

                                                                          o §
                                                                         O)
^ CD
STB
c u
H- CO


ll
^-


-------
        Curbside separation requires less household effort and storage of materials for
 collection than multiple-stream separation and is easy to change as the program grows (or
 as markets fluctuate) without households having to change their separation behaviors.
 Probably the biggest advantage of curbside sorting is that it enables the community to sell
 higher quality recyclables without having to develop and pay to operate expensive
 processing facilities (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990).

        One community that operates a successful program in which collectors sort at the
 curb is Anne Arundell County, Maryland. The contract collector for the county
 completes routes of slightly over 1,000 homes a day. Collectors make between 450 and
 600 stops per day where they sort and load the materials into the collection truck. They
 separate materials into five compartments: three for different colors of glass, one for
 mixed cans (aluminum and ferrous), and one for old newspapers (Biocycle Journal of
 Waste Recycling, 1990).

        In the south side of Seattle, Washington, commingled recyclables are separated at
 a MRF. Recyclable materials are collected in a rear-loading truck and delivered to an
 800,000 square foot facility, which combines mechanized and hand-sorting techniques.
 The local collection company provides each resident one, large, 90-gallon wheeled
 container in which the resident commingles all target materials for collection once per
 month. Residents can request a 60-gallon container (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).

       Two-Stream Household Separation. In two-stream household separation,
 households put commingled target recyclables into one container and place stacked
 and/or bundled paper near the container.

       Haddonfield, New Jersey, is an example of a community that uses two-stream
 household separation. The borough of Haddonfield is a residential suburb of Camden,
 New Jersey, and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, In March 1985, participation in the
 municipal curbside recycling program became mandatory. In May 1986, the Camden
 County Intermediate Processing Facility (CCIPF) opened to accept all glass and metal
 food and beverage containers. The new facility accepts commingled tin, steel, and mixed
 metal for recycling. The Borough now has a stable market, and the County separates,
processes, stores, and markets the materials.  The Borough considered collecting plastic
containers, but found this activity to be prohibitively expensive to implement.  Residents
commingle recyclables into one or more containers, stack old newspapers in paper bags
or bundle them separately, and flatten corrugated cardboard. Recyclables are collected
                                       2-8

-------
 with two 1-ton pick-up trucks, each pulling a 12-cubic yard trailer with five
 compartments. Newspapers are unloaded from the trailer into the dumpster at the
 Borough yard two or three times per day. The trucks haul bottles and cans to the CCIPF
 (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).

        During a strong enforcement program, driver records showed that only about
 5 percent of the 4,400 households in Haddonfield never put out any recyclable materials.
 Some households (particularly senior citizens) do not put materials out weekly, but do so
 biweekly or monthly. Some households share containers (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).

        Multiple-Stream Separation. Multiple-stream separation requires residents to
 separate recyclables into at least three divisions: for example, one for glass containers
 mixed with metal cans, a second for mixed paper, and a third for newspaper.  As the City
 of Portland's program illustrates (see below), however, the level of separation can be
 increased considerably. The multiple-stream separation strategy is more effective than
 the other two separation strategies in reducing the contamination of one recyclable waste
 stream by another. Even with multiple-stream separation, however, some materials
 preparation is often necessary to meet the needs of buyers.

       With multiple-stream separation households perform much of the labor of sorting
 and bear the implicit costs of this effort. The municipality's explicit costs may be less
 than with less complete separation.  Typically the municipality is able to obtain a higher
 price for well-separated materials compared with commingled recyclables.  One
 disadvantage of multiple-stream separation is its high dependency on public participation
 to prepare materials properly.  Another disadvantage of multiple-stream (and two-stream)
 separation is the need to buy expensive, specialized equipment, such as a
 compartmentalized collection vehicle (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       The curbside collection program in the north section of Seattle, Washington, is
 operated by Recycle America, a subsidiary of Waste Management, Inc., and serves
 65,000 households. Residents are provided three stackable containers: one for glass,
 aluminum, and tin cans and containers;  a second for mixed scrap paper, and a third for
old newspapers. Any cardboard is placed next to the containers. A compartmentalized
recycling truck collects recyclable materials weekly.  Recycle America owns and operates
a processing facility that separates glass, aluminum, and tin with a combination of hand
and mechanical sorting (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).
                                      2-9
1 I

-------
       The City of Portland, Oregon, implemented a multiple-stream separation program
 on June 1,1987.  Waste haulers are required by the city to offer their customers a
 minimum service level of weekly curbside collection of old newspapers and monthly
 curbside collection of old newspapers, glass bottles, tin cans, corrugated cardboard,
 aluminum, ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals, and used motor oil. Residents are required
 to set out seven separate bins and bundles of recyclables as follows:
       • Newspapers—bag, box, or bundle tightly with string.
       • Glass jars and bottles—rinse and sort by color.
       • Used motor oil—pour into leak-proof plastic or metal container with a screw-on
         lid.
       • Corrugated cardboard—flatten and bundle.
       • Tin cans—remove labels, cut out both ends, then rinse and flatten.
       • Aluminum—rinse cans, food trays, and foil.
       • Other metals—prepare scraps so they are less than 30 inches long and free of
         rubber, plastic, or other foreign materials.

 In addition, commercial customers must prepare paper as follows:
       • High grade paper—separate white, colored, and green-striped computer papers.

       Drop-Off Centers. Drop-off centers require residents to carry their recyclables to
 a central collection point Currently they are the most common form of community-based
 recycling. Recyclables are stored at the centers until being transported to a processing
 facility (only very limited materials processing occurs at drop-off centers).

       Convenient, safe access and quality control are the keys to a successful drop-off
 center. Program coordinators generally agree that the most desirable drop-off sites are
 located within three to five miles of home.  Shopping centers, grocery stores, schools, and
 churches are frequently chosen sites (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990).

       Drop-off programs can be especially useful in communities just becoming
involved in recycling because the programs are fairly inexpensive to operate.  In areas
with low waste disposal costs, drop-off programs may be more economically feasible
than curbside programs. Rural areas are well-suited for drop-off programs because low
population densities make curbside collection impractical.  At the other end of the scale,
high-density population areas (such as multi-family residences) are also good locations
                                      2-10

-------
  for drop-off programs (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990). Wherever drop-off
  centers are placed, care must be taken to ensure the collection of high-quality materials.

        Most drop-off programs do not provide the same level of service as curbside
  collection programs; however, drop-off programs have proven to be effective as adjuncts
  to curbside programs because adding drop-off sites to a curbside program may improve
  the program's overall convenience (especially for residents in nearby neighborhoods that
  are not included in the recycling program). For example, when a pilot curbside collection
  program started in Durham, North Carolina, the material collected at the drop-off center
  actually increased (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling,  1990). Drop-off facilities also
  can expand the collection of target materials by providing a place to receive hard-to-
  collect materials (such as plastics, corrugated cardboard, batteries,  and motor oil).

        Although drop-off centers are common components of curbside programs, they
 are excluded from the model programs (see Section 2.4 below) because of the difficulty
 of estimating the participation and capture rates for these facilities.  Another reason is that
 quality control—likely to be critical in the future—is best achieved through curbside
 programs per se.

 2.13.3    Composting
        Composting is the natural, aerobic degradation of organic material (such as grass
 clippings, leaves, brush, and tree primings). It can be carried out with as little, or as
 much, intervention and attention as the composter desires.  Some communities give
 residents two options for composting their yard wastes: backyard composting, or source
 separation followed by centralized composting (Taylor and Kashmanian, 1988).

       The choice of collection method depends on cost, convenience, household
 participation, and amount and type of yard wastes separated and coUected (Taylor and
 Kashmanian, 1988).  Table 2-2 shows the various separation and collection methods used
 in eight currently operating composting programs. Yard waste may be bagged, placed in
 a container, left at the curbside, or dropped off at a central collection site. Depending on
 the collection method and the level of separation required, pre-processing may be
 necessary.  For example, non-biodegradable plastic bags need to be opened and brush
 may need shredding.  Collection service varies from weekly to seasonally, depending on
 the type of yard waste composted and the collection equipment used (e.g., curbside
vacuums are usually used primarily in the fall). All yard waste is coUected separately
from normal trash (Taylor and Kashmanian, 1988).
                                      2-11

-------




CO
§
OH
i
2
o
>— i
H
0
Ed
>J
, i
O
(J
Q
Z
(
O -— •
fi.





"S
3
a
o
8




public education
public education

^>.
^ *
tt< CXJ
•» M
3 3
COCO
0,0*
CO CO


«!
c ^
Y— 1


backyard
curbside — claw


££







urbsider-wheeled bin
and degradable bag
landscaper drop-off
u

Z o



PQ
25




OJ
•s
o


§
•s
hotline, public educal

^>^
i^1 i^ t^
IL fT. FT.
^*^ p*H h*H
333
CO CO CO
Cli CU di
co coco


rt
c c c



backyard
resident drop-off
landscaper drop-off


ZZZ



<3
^




•a
S
CO
82 e
((O JJ
as
GO CA
lie ed, newspaper, bill
lie ed, newspaper, bill
word-of-mouth
X> JS
3 3
££
fe
fY_ f T a ^
rM ^*H p^
3" 3"CO
coco^

coco


«««
C B C



backyard
resident drop-off
landscaper drop-off


zzz



?
w ofl
hodine, newspaper i
newspaper ad, mailin
newspaper ad


PH PH
** «k
, 3 3
PnCOCO
o, OH
coco



^
cJ C C



urbside — ^front loader
resident drop-off
landscaper drop-off
o

>H^>H



I—,
^



S
13
1


CO
W}
public education
free bags yr 1, mailin


PH PH

a o
coco
coco



•8
*ii
-1
i— ^


backyard
urbside — degradable
bag
u

J5



g
§



^
1
1

















•"^
s

r. (2/F - 2 collections per fa
*l
li S'
| f d S
1. ^ •= i
o oS* >2 »> *^
^ S la "31
2 § 13 b. 'S
H "B^
Z • co
2-12

-------
        The nation has at least 1,000 yard waste composting faculties, and many more are
 expected to begin operation in response to state and local mandated source separation
 laws. For example, the City of Seattle requires residents to separate yard waste from
 household trash.  Yard waste, representing 30 percent of the city's residential waste
 stream, is collected for a fee. The fee serves to encourage backyard composting. The
 utility also sponsors a backyard composting education program run by a local, nonprofit
 organization of urban gardeners (Allan, Platt, and Morris,  1989). Despite the number of
 composting facilities, yard waste continues to be  a substantial component of landfffled
 solid waste.

 2.2    BASELINE LEVELS OF RECYCLING
        Some communities with MWCs already have recycling programs.  Others have
 plans to implement such programs for residential  or commercial and institutional
 generators.  The NSPS and EG will give full credit for the material collected in existing
 recycling programs toward the 25 percent requirement Therefore, the increment in
 materials separation required for compliance will  be less for communities with existing
 recycling programs than for communities without recycling programs. It is not possible
 to identify every community that is currently achieving a 25 percent materials separation
 level as defined in the NSPS and EG, but it is possible to identify the states that have
 mandated recycling goals of at least 25 percent to be achieved in the near future.

       New Jersey, which set a 1988 deadline for 25 percent recycling, is the only state
 to have reached its deadline for complying with its mandated recycling goal. Other states
 and areas that have set deadlines for achieving their goals between now and 19951 include
 Connecticut, the District of Columbia, Florida, Louisiana, Minnesota, North Carolina,
 Ohio,2 Virginia, and Washington (Glenn, 1990).  Because they will not need to develop
 new materials separation programs, these states are omitted from the analysis to
 determine the cost of implementation of the materials separation regulation on a national
 basis (see Chapter 4).

23    CASE STUDIES AND SURVEYS OF RECYCLING PROGRAMS
       Communities across the country are recognizing recycling as an effective
alternative to the disposal of municipal solid waste because it reduces the amount of
1 This year is the deadline for compliance with the materials separation requirement
 Akron and Columbus, Ohio (cities with large waste-to-energy facilities), already operate front-end
 separation and pilot curbside programs in some areas.
                                     2-13

-------
 waste to be landfilled or incinerated. In fact, six of the nation's ten largest cities
 (Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, Philadelphia, and San Diego) have curbside
 collection programs. Three others (Houston, San Antonio, and Dallas) have programs in
 preliminary stages.  In addition, municipalities around the country operate more than
 1,000 curbside recycling programs (National Solid Wastes Management Association,
 1989).  Some nonprofit organizations and private enterprises also conduct collection
 programs.

       Implementing a recycling program presents a number of problems, challenges,
 and opportunities for municipalities and recycling companies. Solid waste management
 planners must consider what to recycle, how to collect recyclables, how to increase
 participation rates and maximize materials recovery, how to determine costs, and how to
 market the recyclables.

       This section describes a sample of the wide variety of municipally run curbside
 collection programs to illustrate possible designs for recycling programs. It would be
 ideal to compare the costs and levels of materials recovery, and to determine how they
 vary with density, size,  and waste composition. The lack of reliable data, in part due to
 the lack of a standard definition for the term "municipal solid waste," makes such
 comparisons difficult. Table 2-3 gives examples of different definitions of municipal
 solid waste used in different programs across the country

       Careful consideration of the economic data and tonnage data provided in surveys
 of curbside programs indicates that any detailed statistical analysis of these programs
 would be handicapped by the information that communities provide on how much waste
 they generate, how much of this waste is recovered, and how much it costs to do so.
 Therefore, the available data are most appropriately used to make broad inferences  about
 the relative popularity of different types of programs, target materials, the point where
materials separation takes place, and other attributes of the programs that will be operated
in response to the NSPS and EG.
                                     2-14

-------
           TABLE 2-3.  DEFINITIONS OF MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
          ==========
  Program              Definition
 Barrington, RI
 Refuse generated by residents through their daily course of
   living: includes school refuse, but does not include waste from
   contractors or businesses.
 Deschutes County, OR  Everything delivered to the County's five landfills arid one
                         transfer station, including household, commercial, industrial
                         and demolition debris.
 Hamburg, NY


 Hempstead, NY

 Longmeadow, MA


 Mecklenburg, NC


 Metro Toronto, ONT
 Montclair, NJ


 Newport, RI


 Orlando, FL




 Prairie Du Sac, WI



 Sarasota, FL

 Sauk County, WI


 Seattle, WA


 Sunnyvale, CA

 Wilkes-Barre, PA


Woodbury, NJ

Upper Arlington, QH
Source: Snow, 1989, Table 3.
 Mixed waste from households not including construction and
   demolition debris, bulky waste, or white goods.

 All materials set out for collection, including bulk items and
   recyclables.

 Nonresidential with the exception of two elderly housing projects
   and a nursing home; includes shopping areas.

 Whatever is collected by the municipality—residential waste and
   small businesses.

 Domestic waste from residences and apartments and waste
   collected by municipal forces including light commercial, street
   sweepings, catch basin cleanings, ash, sewage sludge, park
   wastes, waste from municipal offices and waste from libraries,
   etc.

 Type 10 refuse as defined by the State of New Jersey and
   collected by the Town.

 Waste generated by city residences and certain municipal
   buildings: also includes litter barrels.
 All putrescible and nonputrescible solid waste, except body
   waste, including garbage, rubbish, ashes, street cleanings, dead
   animals, or discarded materials of any kind that tend to decav or
   putrefy.                                              J

 Refuse accumulation of animals, fruit or vegetable matter, liquid
   or otherwise, that attends the preparation, use, cooking, dealing
   in, or storage of meat, fish, fowl, fruit or vegetables.
 Residential and yard waste.

 All the commercial and post-consumer materials requiring
  disposal.

 All waste, except demolition debris, generated within Seattle's
  city limits..

 Commercial and residential waste.

 Waste generated by people, but not household furnishings or
  appliances.

Garbage, building materials, contaminated papers, appliances.
Household refuse and yard waste.
                                     2-15

-------
 23.1    Case Studies

       This section compares performance, conditions of service, and other
 characteristics of 13 municipally run recycling programs. The comparison uses the data
 contained in Beyond 25 Percent: Materials Recovery Comes of Age.  The authors of that
 study conclude, in part, that   .

       Extensive materials recovery in peacetime is so new that most programs still lack
       basic quantitative data. Five years ago most communities had no idea how much
       waste they generated. Because of their expectations for incineration, communities
       that did conduct studies tended to divide their waste streams into only two primary
       categories; combustibles and noncombustibles. Even today very few communities
       have information on the amount of garbage generated by the commercial or
       industrial sectors, or of white goods, or even of yard waste.
       Economic data are also inadequate. Communities whose recycling programs are
       separate from regular pick-up may have relatively good cost figures.  But, in
       communities where recycling is part of the municipal collection services, or where
     . private collectors pick up recyclable items from the  commercial or residential
       sector as part of their collection contracts, economic data are scarce and often
       unreliable. (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989, page 3).

       Table 2-4 compares information from the 13 case studies. The communities range
 in size from 1,100 households in Prairie Du Sac, Michigan, to 150,000 households in
 Portland, Oregon. Nine of the communities have fewer than 40,000 people. This sample
 is fairly representative of national demographics—thousands of cities have populations of
 5,000 to 40,000, compared with only a few hundred with populations over 100,000. Most
 of the surveyed communities are achieving greater than 75 percent participation. Six
 areas report that over 90 percent of households participate.  The programs have a .nine-to-
 four split of voluntary to mandatory participation, respectively (Allan, Platt, and Morris,
 1989).

       All of the communities collect old newspapers, corrugated paper, glass containers,
 aluminum cans, and yard waste. All but three of the communities collect ferrous cans,
 and only three collect plastic containers (i.e., PET and/or HOPE). One community has
 single-stream set out, eight communities have two-stream set out, and four communities
 have multiple-stream set out (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).

       Perkas'ie, Pennsylvania, and West Linn, Portland, use per-bag disposal fee programs
 to encourage waste reduction and provide a direct economic incentive to recycling. West
Linn residents are charged by volume (per 30-gallon can) of waste generated.  Perkasie
residents can purchase large bags with the capacity to hold up to 20 pounds for $1.50 and
small bags with capacity to hold up to 20 pounds for $0.80 (Allan, Platt, and Morris, 1989).
                                     2-16

-------
   ••• C3
   £«
o

ft*
   s o


   'flj Q)
 6X)

•ts.c
   iiilllllill.il
   -s'SP^^SPo-S'Soi'SA
       1 I    1 !
U
CsJ
fiti
fe
O
z
o

I

£
g
o
u
s
   II
   "2 '3
21
IS I
s i
5 5
^s
   g

  0>



  CO

                    I
     •n
       '^.pri
       ~ en
              c«\
              «ri T
                   cs o o"
                  o
                  en

           1

           2 8 2
            en
           S
              2 2 ^ £
             n     
-------
 23.2    National Solid Wastes Management Association (NS WMA) Survey
       The National Solid Wastes Management Association (NSWMA) conducted a
 survey in 1989 of 24 household curbside collection programs. The survey was designed to
 compile a detailed picture of curbside collection operations across the nation.  Table 2-5
 outlines the basic characteristics of each program surveyed. The programs range in size
 from 1,100 households in Prairie Du Sac to 250,000 households in Metro Toronto,
 Ontario. Target materials include old newspapers, corrugated cardboard, mixed paper,
 aluminum cans, glass, plastic bottles, leaves, tin cans, white goods, and waste oil. The
 programs have a 12-to-ll split of voluntary versus mandatory participation, respectively
 (Sauk County, Wisconsin, has both classifications of participation).  Participation rates in
 mandatory programs are, on average, twice as high as voluntary programs (Snow, 1989).

 2.4    MODEL PROGRAMS
       The decisions made in developing the model programs listed below are based on
 data from the Institute for Local Self-Reliance's Beyond 25 Percent: Materials Recovery
 Comes of Age, the 1989 NSWMA survey of local programs, current literature, as well as
 discussions with state environmental offices, local program operators, and curbside
 recycling program consultants. Communities can choose from literally hundreds of
 combinations of specific program parameters when planning curbside collection. The
 model programs are designed to be plausible and to represent the range of likely
 responses of communities to the regulation.

       Presumably, none of the modeled programs affect the diversion rate of either
 white goods (e.g., refrigerators, stoves) or stumps; it is also assumed that the cost of
 collecting and processing these things is unaffected by the materials  separation
requirement The analysis of the collection and processing of household batteries,
household hazardous waste, and motor vehicle maintenance materials is beyond the scope
of this study.  The modeled programs encompass only the diversion and processing of old
newspapers, certain types of containers, and the lighter fractions of yard waste  (i.e.,
leaves, grass, and brush).

2.4.1    Key Elements of Materials Separation Model Programs
      Each model program is defined by  the following characteristics:
      • target materials,
      • point where materials separation takes place,
      • imposition of mandatory participation ordinances,
      • quality of promotional services (public advertising and educational programs),
                                     2-18

-------
H
 W
 C
Frequency
Refuse
      J
      ^
      8


      1
                 ts -a is -g is -a -a
                 iiiin i
                 a? a? « 
     i.«
     I"50
     OH
     1
gram
Start Up P
          §
          ft
                 llll 8 11
                                  -IS I
               CO
               U
        ifffflfffflf
        g£££c2££££.g£
                           >

                          I
                               >»>»

        III

                    1 1
                i i
                OtSvO

                         1 il 1 1
                            *

                en in ON 0 Tf
                       ^
                         o
                              00 -H
         r^ o\ «o
         oo oo oo
         O\ ON ON
                          f

                  i   -
                              rf
B

B

B
                    2-19

-------
g
w

w
o
cc

S

I
Q
>—<

O
C/3

<
z


1
z
Ed

E-
So
Oj
S
              o>

              z§
              >-< ?s
30
>-» >—(


II
ug

«<
up
IN
S
ca
S
'requency of
Refuse
Collection
                      a
                      ai  o> jj


                      ea    o
                      co    w
           :«
           otS
           | 8
           o-'o
           2»U
                        I-B
                        ?R   P   2  2
                                             ?^  ?%  *•<  S3
                                                            CO

                                                            O  CO

                                             H
                ON oo
                r» oo
                ON ON
                               CM  oo
                               oo  oo
                               ON  ON
1-1  VO  t-
oo  oo  oo
ON  ON  ON
                              c3
                              co
                    03
                    
-------
        • application of unit pricing incentives,
        • type of post-collection processing,
        • participation rates, and
        • capture rates.

 Table 2-6 lists the characteristics that define each program. These characteristics are '
 described below.
 2.4.1.1    Target Materials
        As shown by existing programs, the level of materials recovery and recycling is
 directly related to the number of materials targeted for separation from the waste stream.
 All programs are expected to target steel cans, aluminum cans, old newspapers, yard
 waste, glass containers, and PET and HDPE plastic containers.

 2.4.13,    Point of Separation
       Point of separation refers to where the recyclables are separated from the
 municipal solid waste stream.  All the model programs rely on household source
 separation with curbside pick-up! A program in which the municipal solid waste stream
 is sent unseparated to a MRF for processing was not modeled because it is an unlikely
 response to the regulation. Such programs require expensive facilities that communities
 are unlikely to finance. In addition, these facilities yield highly contaminated materials,
 imposing a penalty on sales.

2.4.1.3    Mandatory Participation Ordinances
       Municipalities in states with mandatory recycling laws are often required to adopt
mandatory recycling ordinances. In fact, a municipality's power to adopt a mandatory
recycling ordinance depends on the existence of some state legislation authorizing the
municipality to do so (Biocyde Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990). The models in this
study include both communities with and without mandatory participation ordinances.
As reflected in the models, mandatory participation does not ensure total participation.
                                     2-21
in

-------
 TABLE'2-6. KEY ELEMENTS OF MATERIALS SEPARATION MODEL
           PROGRAMS
Two-Stream
Programs
Option
1 2
Characteristic
Target materials
Steel cans
(capture rate = 60%)
Aluminum cans
(capture rate -60%)
Newspapers
(capture rate = 80%)
Yard waste
(capture rate = 80%)
Glass containers
(capture rate =-65%)
PET &HDPE plastic
containers
(capture rate = 65%)
Recyclables separated by
households with curbside
pick-up service
Partially commingled
recyclables
Recyclables separated into at
least three containers
Mandatory participation
Promotional services program
Unit pricing program
All waste sent to a MRF
All recyclables sent to a transfer
facility for recycling
All yard waste sent to compost
facility


1

1

1

1

1

1


1

1

0

1
1
0
1
0

1



1

1

1

1

1

1


1

1

0

0
1
1
1
0

1

1


1

1

1

1

1

1


1

0

1

1
1
0
0
. 1

1

Multiple-Stream
Programs
2


1

1

1

1

1

1


1

0

1

1
1
i
0
i

i

Option
3 4


1

1

1

1

1

1


1

0

1

1
0
1
0
1

1



1

1

1

1

1

1


1

0

1

0
1
0
0
1

1

MS


1

1

1

1

1

1


1

0

1

NA*
NA*
NA*
0
1

1

Note: l = yes. 0 = no.
*See Section 2.43.
                              2-22

-------
        Mandatory ordinances require households to separate specific recyclables from
 their garbage.  These ordinances are aimed at stimulating participation and reducing the
 amount of materials going to other disposal alternatives. Mandating participation
 encourages an extra level of support that can have a significant impact in terms of
 diverting materials.  Just the act of passing the ordinance helps publicize and legitimate
 the program. Enforcement provisions are necessary to show that the municipality is
 serious about recycling and intends to sustain the program. Even with an ordinance in
 place, however, most municipalities make a serious effort to educate and motivate the
 public prior to taking any type of enforcement action.

       Enforcement is often applied in steps. Usually, the first step against a nonrecycler
 is to leave instructions attached to the trash container explaining how to properly prepare
 recyclables. If the problem is not corrected, then the garbage is not collected and the
 resident receives a notice of violation. Refusal to pick up improperly separated trash is
 generally very  effective in motivating compliance with the program. If the problem is not
 corrected after several warnings, then enforcement action can be applied. Most
 municipalities avoid penalizing citizens for not recycling. In fact, even those
 communities that actively monitor compliance seldom resort to summons and fines
 (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990).

 2.4.1.4     Promotional Services
       Public participation is critical to recycling. Although the models do not specify
 particular educational services, in reality, programs must be thorough and broad to
 generate the level of response assumed in the participation rates.  A quality educational
 effort should include staff, supplies, and office space for an array of mailings, as well as
 videotapes, stickers, calendars, media coverage, public presentations, and personal
 contacts. Many cities have targeted their education efforts at grade school and high
 school students. Advertising efforts may include placing articles in the newspapers,
 circulating information at street fairs and festivals, placing signs on city buses, and
 sponsoring media events such as Seattle's "Cash for Trash" program that rewards
 residents who do not place recyclables in their trash.

2.41.5     Unit Pricing

      At least  17 communities employ some type of quantity-sensitive pricing of solid
waste management services (see Table 2-7). All of the unit pricing programs shown in
                                      2^23

-------
O
O
8
I
§
a
      fc
      "c

         j
If optional,
percent
artklpatlon
 O B
•S P
I?
= i
l!
1 s
C el
1|
<3*
       J
       'S

       I
       fi1
                | 22  22  22   222222    2   2
             2522   22
             2 2
                             222222
                       22  222222
                                    2222||
                    2   2 >i.2 2 2  55  55 !H
                                    2   2
                                                     2   2
                                              »   I
                                              2   2
      >* 2 >* SHJ! 2

               is
                           is
                                                 2 a   .a  J
                                5 «8   ^   >£
             {MfMjHjK   >4>N   JM>H   >, >,
ble
                       *£*
                       sgl
                       A t^ J
                         S'g
os   o
                       O 0
             I
               g
               •& R S8
           2222    o   S
           .§ 00
           II
                        oo
                        o\
            W f-  O
             » ">  V
             A »i   I

         t* i
         a 2 I
           oo
           o\
      25 S S &
OA
pid
      i s
      S2- "">
      H Si
Duluthe,
o g
if
#J
	•  5? & S
„  -  2 n S
2 Q,  >^ vcT <-^
                                    ^
rlis!
lut
and
G
                    •a
                    &
                ^
         ^   i
        3   A
ing,
a, WA
e,PA
                                        '&
      4
      6  8  ^ -g 1
      J 2  O £ E
           g
           4
           €
           u
           CO
00   00
oo   oo
OS   O\
£
f
«
£   £
                                                          i

                                                        il

                                                        I
                                                        C oo
                                                        3 -a
                                                               I*
                                                                r
                                                                i
                                                               P
                                                                t


                                   2-24

-------
                                           J
                                           H"
                                       uu   u £   o   u
                                       5  T1  •"• SP "3!«
                                                 00 <
                                                 o *  ££
                                                 

> a g £ 1 s I £ £ £ i a si 1 1 s* «§ I s ^ of ll Sw CO d 2 I 2-25


-------
 Table 2-7 have one feature in common: pricing based on volume.  Residents are required
 to use waste containers (usually bags) that meet certain volume specifications. Even so,
 service providers generally estimate weights per unit volume when setting prices, and
 some programs have weight limits. However, enforcing weight limits is costly and
 seldom done. Fee structures for unit pricing programs vary widely—some programs use
 per-unit fees, while others use per-unit fees that supplement flat fees (that are either billed
 directly or included in taxes). Finally, collection characteristics (i.e., frequency, time, and
 placement of containers) and requirements for special services, such as bulky waste pick-
 up, vary widely (Research Triangle Institute, 1989).

 2.4.1.6    Post-Collection Processing
       Post-collection processing refers to what happens to the recyclables after they are
 collected from households. Some degree of post-collection processing is always
 beneficial to the sellers of the recovered materials even if it is no more than densifying
 plastic containers, crushing glass and cans, or bailing paper.3  Both two-stream separation
 programs discussed below in Section 2.4.2 send materials to a MRF; all recyclables
 collected from the multiple-stream separation programs discussed in Section 2.4.3 are
 sent to a recycling transfer station to be stored until they are shipped to market. All yard
 waste collected by two-stream and multiple-stream model programs is sent to a
 centralized facility to be processed into mulch or compost

 2.4.1.7    Participation Rates
       Participation rates  state the percentage of households expected to participate in a
 given model program by sorting recyclables from their garbage and setting them out by
 the curb for pick-up. Participation rate is a function of population, population density,
 and three program characteristics (i.e., the quality of promotional services,  imposition of
 unit pricing, and adoption of mandatory compliance ordinances).

       Deriving reliable, precise relationships between participation rates and their
 determinants is currently infeasible because of a lack of information on recycling
programs. Nonetheless, the following hypotheses are reasonable:
3 These activities are typical of recycling transfer stations.
                                       2-26

-------
        Hypothesis #1—As population increases the participation rate decreases.
 This inverse relationship is a result of the increased difficulty in enforcing mandatory
 programs in large population centers as compared to small towns.

        Hypothesis #2—As population density increases participation decreases.
 Increasing the population density generally correlates with increasing the proportion of
 multi-family units in a given area. Increasing the proportion of multi-family units lowers
 participation rates because (1) recycling is less convenient for multi-family residents, and
 (2) enforcing mandatory recycling ordinances is more difficult in multi-family units.
 Multi-family residents find recycling inconvenient because they have less space in which
 to store recyclables. Monitoring the compliance of individual multi-family residents is
 difficult because the residents deliver their recyclables to a central collection site.

        Hypothesis #3—Three program characteristics directly increase
 participation rates:

        • using promotional services (i.e., advertising and education programs),
        • imposing unit pricing, and
        • adopting mandatory compliance ordinances.

       Table 2-8 shows the influence of these characteristics on each model program's
participation rate. The program options  highlighted by boxes in Table 2-8 are the ones
used in this analysis.

       An effective promotional service campaign includes both how-to information as
well as a message that makes people aware that their "individual effort, however small in
itself, is part of a mighty earth-community effort" (Biocycle Journal of Waste Recycling
1990, page 46).

       Imposing a unit pricing program also has a positive effect on participation rates.
As reported in Biocycle,

       .. .it's hard to beat the overall educational value of the pay-per-bag program
       What goes on in the mind of consumers when they must repeatedly go into a store
       and buv the actual bags they use for their garbage and pay a price mat actually
                      )f the services is very important.  It sends a powerful message on
                 sis ttiat waste disposal is an expensive service, and that if I reduce the
       ,.,.-	—row away by recycling, I will also reduce my garbage bill. It's a
       «SSf m SI  Tati°n than Iea^ng a flyer or goinS to a meeting and really
       seems to bring about an awareness in people of what'* w»aii« «~«o, ;L /n.-	:_,
      Journal of Waste Recycling, 1990, page 73)
                                     2-27

-------








tlT
i
H

2
O
P
§
U
H
OS
&<
*•
1
"^1
CM
o
§
CU
Q
i
00
TABLE 2.




•




%
|
o
U







g
°B

-
§~

a?
c^


°I

«I
s
/•N
<5c«
^^
^
•••*
1
£
1
S B
O.g
S "g a>
I'i'S
i!


w
1
•s
2
CO
6
Ee
2.2
1*
Pk
o
r-
o
oo
0
oo .
8
•

8

0
*

s'


i
2
§
u


A A A

8
1
°» &1
no
 c^ oooo
 O V-iO
 r~- oo oo
O«O
c^oo
O«r»O
c~- oooo
O
in
 O O Co
 0 C >>
 AAV

  -573


ill
ftf
III
O
t-
          VAA
Oioo
                     c^oo
O >O
VOt^
          o
          VO
  «oo
  f-OO
                 ' -111
                   0 C >»
                   A V A
                  O«r)o
                  ^1000
                            O >0 O
                            «T>\OOO
                              «oo
                              p-oo
         O w>O
         V0r~-00
o
-»•
o
VO
«no
t^OO
                             A V V
                   1


                            o
                             1
                            15
                           i
                                    S   v vi
                                    §.VI -H jr;
                                              §
                                              till
s:
               2-28   2, j  •

-------
       Not surprisingly, an analysis of the case studies in Section 2.3 leads to the
 conclusion that programs with mandatory participation ordinances have significantly
 higher household participation rates than those with voluntary programs.  In fact,
 participation rates above 60 percent are very rare in voluntary programs (Allan, Platt, and
 Moms, 1989).
       Hypothesis #4—Participation rates in multiple-stream programs will not be
 greater than those in two-stream programs given the following conditions:

       Hold constant all variables discussed in hypotheses 1,2, and 3 (i.e., population,
 population density, quality of promotional services, imposition of unit pricing, and
 implementation of mandatory compliance ordinances) and only change the set-out
 method.

 2.4.1.8   Capture Rates

       Capture rate (or percent recovery) is the percentage of each target material that a
 participating household removes from the waste stream. All capture rates shown in
 Table 2-6 are based on figures recommended to us by OSW. These projections are based,
 as much as possible, on experiences with operating systems in this country.  The rates are
 applied to both MWCs with RDF and without RDF.

 2.4.2   Two-Stream Household Separation Model Programs
       Two-stream household separation generally refers to a commingled (mixed) set
 out of target recyclables in one container with paper stacked and/or bundled and placed
 near the container. This analysis models two options of the two-stream household
 separation program to estimate national implementation costs and participation rates (see
Table 2-6).  Program characteristics common to both options are as follows:
       • Target materials are steel cans, aluminum cans, old newspapers, yard waste
        glass containers, and PET and HOPE plastic containers.
       • Target materials are sorted from garbage by the household, placed at the curb
        and collected without further separation.
       • Good promotional services are provided to educate and inspire public support
              J    o*
       • All collected recyclables are sent to a MRF for processing.
       • All collected yard waste is sent to a compost facility in the community.
                                     2-29

-------
        • The capture rate is 60 percent for steel and aluminum cans, 80 percent for old
         newspapers and yard waste, and 65 percent for glass containers and PET and
         HOPE plastic containers.
        Two-stream household collection options 1 and 2 differ in the following three
 characteristics:
        • Mandatory participation is imposed on households in option 1; participation is
         voluntary in option 2.
        • Unit pricing is in effect in option 2 but not in option 1.
        • Because mandatory participation and unit pricing both tend to increase
         participation, one might expect the participation rate for option 2 to be the same
         as option 1. However, because it is felt that unit pricing has a greater positive
         influence on participation than imposing a mandatory ordinance, the
         participation rate for option 2 is higher than option 1 (see Table 2-8).
 2.4.3    Multiple-Stream Separation Model Program
        The multiple-stream separation model program requires residents to separate glass
 by color, to separate  other containers by material, to stack and bundle old newspapers,
 and to bag yard waste.  The approach taken to modeling multiple-stream programs begins
 by describing different programs with the intent of determining a plausible range in then-
 variations. Knowledge of program diversity permits an informed selection of the best
 average program for  use in subsequent analysis.
       Four different multiple-stream separation model programs illustrate the variety of
 options available to local program planners (see Table 2-6).  Characteristics common to
 all four multiple-stream model program options are as follows:
       • Steel cans, aluminum cans, old newspapers, yard waste, glass containers, and
        PET and HDPE plastic containers are the target materials.
       • Target materials are separated from garbage by the  household, placed at the
        curb, and collected without further separation.
       • All collected recyclables are sent to a recycling transfer facility.
       • All collected yard waste is sent to a compost facility in the community.
       • The capture rate is 60 percent for steel and aluminum cans, 80 percent for old
        newspapers  and yard waste, and 65 percent for glass containers and PET and
        HDPE plastic  containers.
       The four multiple-stream separation model program options differ in the
following characteristics:
                                      2-30

-------
       • Mandatory participation is required by households in options 1,2, and 3 but not
         in option 4.
       • Unit pricing is in effect in options 2 and 3 but not in options 1 and 4.
       • Good promotional services are provided in options 1,2, and 4 but not in
         option 3.
       • Participation rates vary from 90 percent (option 3) to 30 percent (option 4).
         (Section 2.4.1.7 explains what causes participation rates to vary.)

       The cost of implementing the multiple-stream separation model program was
derived by .using a hybrid of all four model programs. The hybrid is labelled "program
option MS" in Tables 2-6 and 2-8. Its participation rates are intermediate in comparison
to those of the other multiple-stream programs. Consequently, program MS has the same
participation rates as the least effective two-stream program (two-stream option 1).  The
estimate of the cost of a multiple-stream program is thus premised on the hypothesis that
the effectiveness of the typical multiple-stream program is near the lower end of the range
for two-stream programs.
                                    2-31
;l

-------

-------
                                  CHAPTER 3
                        COSTS AND COST-SAVINGS OF
               MODEL MATERIALS SEPARATION PROGRAMS

       The materials separation programs that communities will operate to comply with
 the materials separation requirement require collection systems and facilities for post-
 collection processing. A comprehensive accounting of the net cost of a program requires
 not only a valuation of the resources allocated to the collection system and facilities, but
 also a valuation of the other resources whose allocation will change.  The accounting
 should therefore include revenues from the sale of recovered materials and cost-savings
 from the reduction in the consumption of services provided by future municipal waste
 combustors, municipal solid waste landfills, and ordinary residential garbage collection.

       This chapter describes the methodology of estimating the costs and cost-savings
 of the model materials separation programs. To reflect uncertainties in the estimation of
 national cost, the methodology produces a range of estimates.  The estimate of the cost of
 the materials separation programs that will operate in response to the materials separation
 requirement is most appropriately presented as a range because of numerous uncertainties
 in predicting the choices of the owners of MWCs and the behavior of the residents in
 their service areas. To produce a range of costs, varying the level of resources applied to
 administration and the characteristics of composting programs is convenient as well as
 plausible. The administration of a program may require the substantial addition of
 resources to demonstrate compliance with the NSPS and EG. Some communities may
 operate a materials separation program that does not include a composting component;
 other communities may opt for backyard composting.  Additional sensitivity analysis is
 conducted by varying the methodologies used to estimate avoided landfill costs and
 avoided residential MSW collection costs.

      Section 3.1 addresses a behavioral issue that underlies the calculation of costs and
cost-savings for existing MWCs. This issue is whether an owner will avert a reduction in
throughput by expanding the catchment area.  Section 3.4 through 3.7 detail costs and
cost-savings of model materials separation programs with respect to household costs,
downsizing MWCs, effect on landfill space, changes in waste composition, and
residential collection costs. Section 3.8 briefly defines the method for extrapolating the
costs from model communities to communities of different sizes.
                                     3-1

-------
 3.1   A CRITICAL BEHAVIORAL ASSUMPTION: EXPANSION OF THE
       CATCHMENT AREA OF EXISTING MWCS

       In the absence of mitigating behavior, the amount of waste combusted declines by
 the amount of separated material. Setting aside the change in heat content that occurs

 because of materials separation (see Section 3.6), a reduction in throughput reduces

 tipping fee revenues at all MWCs and electric and steam generation in waste-to-energy

 units; operating and maintenance costs may also change.


       The Wall Street Journal recently described the problem facing the owners of the

 MWC in Portland, Maine, caused by an unexpected decline in throughput:

         The plant started up two years ago, but a hitch soon appeared: When Maine's
         tourists go south for the winter, the amount of trash declines more than planners
         had figured. So far, that hasn't hurt the plant, which is obligated to generate a
         certain amount of power under its financing terms. But Maine towns are
         expanding recycling programs under a new state law, and that could starve the
         incinerator for fuel.

         So, when Portland and other towns in the Regional Waste Systems cooperative
         recently were granted state money to increase recycling, they decided not to use
         it, at least for the time being.  "We're not anti-recycling," says Charles Foshay,
         Regional Waste's director. "But we put the expansion [of recycling] on hold
         until we have a better understanding of its impact."

         Regional Waste, he adds, probably will ask other Maine towns to send trash
         when its garbage runs low. "But," he adds, "I don't want [garbage] barges from
         New York." (4/19/90, p. B1)


       Recycling and materials separation programs directly affect the financial viability

of an MWC. The potential effect is substantial. Alfred Medioli, Vice President and

Manager, Moody's Investors Service, observed earlier this year that recycling programs

are "already quite significant in any current analysis of projects" and are among the eight

issues that "will strongly shape solid waste disposal projects, their financing, their

feasibility, and their credit worthiness in coming years" (1990, p. 7). To illustrate, he

recounted the difficulties experienced by the owners of a mass-burn unit in Warren
County, New Jersey:

        This plant was designed and built before the state's mandated recycling
        program. It started operating in the summer of 1988, and for the first six months
        it received 27 percent less garbage than projected, resulting in some degree of
        operating loss.  The Warren plant will likely take waste from neighboring
        counties. (Ibid., pp. 11-12)
                                      3-2

-------
        Whether owners of other existing MWCs will also ask nearby towns for their
 MSW when throughput declines depends on how the cost of obtaining that waste
 compares with the cost of combusting less waste. This comparison depends on
 transportation costs, operating costs, tipping fees, and energy prices, all of which vary
 across communities.  Recognizing that the results of this comparison are likely to differ, it
 was hypothesized that an owner typically will increase the population served (expand the
 catchment area) to maintain the baseline rate of capacity utilization.

        To calculate the new quantity of MSW that a combustor must receive to avert a
 decrease in throughput, the following three values are essential:
        • RO, original quantity of MSW received1
        • b, baseline separation rate (with respect to RQ)
        • d, gross incremental separation rate (with respect to Ro)2

        When a new program starts, the resulting reduction in throughput equals Ro*d.
 To keep the quantity combusted at the original level, the quantity received must increase
 by Ro*d plus an additional amount (to be specified) to offset baseline separation in the
 expansion of the catchment area and incremental separation. Although the quantity
 received has increased, by Ro*d, the quantity combusted has increased by less. This
 shortfall equals R<,*d*b (due to baseline separation3) plus Ro*d*d (due to incremental
 separation4); the total shortfall is R0*d*(b-Hi). Therefore, to maintain baseline
 combustion, the quantity received must again increase (by R0*d*(b+d)) to replace the
 shortfall. Whenever additional MSW is received, a fraction is combusted—never the
 whole amount because some is separated due to baseline activity and the rest is separated
 due to the new materials separation program.
(Rn):
       The following equation identifies the requisite new amount of MSW received
Rn= RO+ Ro*d + Ro*d*(b+d) + Ro*d*(b+d)2 + R0*d*(b-Kl)3
                                                                             (3-1)
1 To be consistent with the proposed rule, the MSW "received" at a combustor includes materials separated
   in the baseline.
2 The measurement of diversion is gross of the cap on the credit for compostable materials, and it is gross
   of the residuals generated in the processing and composting facilities.
3 The baseline separation rate is assumed the same in all areas.
 The incremental diversion rate is assumed the same in all areas.
                                       3-3

-------
 After collecting terms, this formula becomes
                            Rn=Ro+ .£0Ro*d*(b+d)i
(3-2)
      . The infinite sum is a geometric series with initial term Ro*d and ratio (b+d).  The
 next four equations show progressive simplifications of equation (3-2).
                             Rn=Ro+Ro*d/(l-(b+d))
                             Rn=Ro*[l+d/(l-(b+d))]
                           Rn=
                             Rn=R0*(l-b)/(l-(b+d))
(3-3)
(3-4)
(3-5)
(3-6)
       Equation (3-6) states that the new quantity received equals the old quantity
received multiplied by the ratio of the baseline combusted fraction (1-b) to the post-
separation combusted fraction (l-(b+d)). For example, if the baseline combusted fraction
were 10 percent and the post-separation combusted fraction were 5 percent, then the
quantity received would double.

       It was assumed that the original catchment area and its environs have identical
characteristics vis-a-vis municipal solid waste.  In the example, the population served
would therefore double.

       In general, for an existing MWC, the catchment area and the population served
increase by a factor equal to (l-b)/(l-(b+d)). The expansion factors for the model
programs analyzed range from 1.19 to 1.24.

3.2    COLLECTION SYSTEMS AND PROCESSING FACILITIES
       A materials separation program requires equipment, facilities, crews for collection
and post-collection processing and administration. The cost of infrastructure and crew for
three different model programs in model communities that differ by size of population
                                     3-4

-------
 served and population density were estimated.5 A three-step method for estimating costs
 was followed:

        1.  Characterize the basic elements of collection systems and processing facilities
           for each model program/model community combination.
        2.  Determine the appropriate scale of collection and processing.
        3.  Calculate the annualized capital, operating, and maintenance costs implied bv
           (l)and(2).                                                      *     s

        The method employed to calculate costs disaggregates the entire collection and
 processing system into two subsystems (collection and post-collection processing).
 Further, it disaggregates the subsystems themselves into basic units of equipment,
 facility, and crew for which individual costs were estimated.

        The collection system comprises one subsystem for the collection of newspapers
 and containers from single-family residences, a second subsystem for gathering these
 materials from multi-family residences, and a third subsystem for compostable materials.
 A collection subsystem comprises containers, tracks, and crew. This cost analysis also
 includes factors that determine the efficiency of collection in each subsystem. The
 critical factor for collection is the number of households served per hour, which varies
 with density.6

       The system for post-collection processing includes one subsystem for newspapers
 and containers and another for leaves and yard waste. All model programs include one or
 more composting facilities. A two-stream program includes a composting facility and a
 materials recovery facility, and a multiple-stream program includes a composting facility
 and a recycling transfer facility.7 The classes of equipment vary from facility to facility,
 but in the entire system the equipment performs the functions of materials handling,
 sorting, windrow  turning, and compacting.
5 Chapter 4 focuses on the role of communities; nevertheless, costs, the subject of this chapter vary by
  community. Communities are classified as follows:
  v*r       »?PUlati°"   ™rt                        Density (persons/square mile)
  VS (very small)     P£ 20,000                 L(low)        D^400
  S (small)          20,001 SPS 100,000         M(medium)    401 SD<800
  M (medium)       100,001 <, P £ 200,000        H(high)       80KD
  H(high)          200,001 SP
 Within any model community, collection efficiency varies across subregions (urban, suburban rural)
  Efficiency also varies in an overall sense with population density.
                                       3-5

-------
        Tables 3-1A, B, C and 3-2A, B, C identify the characteristics of the collection
 systems and processing facilities for model two-stream and multiple-stream programs for
 three model communities (C, E, and G).  The tables list containers, trucks, crews, sites,
 and facilities and their unit costs. Other relevant details are included.

        The scale of collection and processing depends on the separated materials, which
 differ by program and community.  The number of containers (for example, "blue  .
 boxes"), size of the truck fleet, and number of collection workers and processing facility
 operators were determined using the Tellus Institute's computer program (WastePlan) for
 solid waste management. The inputs to WastePlan are characteristics of the separation
 program and community and the elements of the collection and processing facility
 subsystems.  WastePlan calculates the quantities of the needed resources and, using input
 prices, calculates costs.

       Table 3-3 reports the average (per Mg) annualized costs for all collection and
 processing activities by model program and model community.8 Costs for materials
 recovery facilities and recycling transfer facilities show economies of scale (see
 Figure 3-1).  Costs for collection systems and compost facilities show constant returns to
 scale. Average costs become progressively higher as population served decreases.

       Uncertainties in the estimation of the national cost of materials separation
 programs are incorporated by 1)  varying the magnitude of the administrative effort that
 will be required to demonstrate compliance with the materials separation requirement and
 2) modifying the hypothesis concerning composting programs. In the lower estimate of
 costs, additional administrative effort is unnecessary; in the higher estimate, additional
 effort is necessary, and the rate of expenditure is $35,000 (salary and fringe benefits for
 one administrator) per year per 25,000 persons served.9

       Up to this point, the hypothesis concerning composting programs has been that
 every affected community will operate the same type of program (bagged setout of yard
 waste and leaves, and central composting). A more plausible prediction is that different
 types of composting programs will operate.  Specifically, costs are developed on the
7 A materials recovery facility houses more types of sorting equipment than a recycling transfer facility. In
   the latter, the basic activity is moving presorted material from smaller containers (bins in collection
   trucks) to larger containers (semi-trailers or roll-off bins).
8 Two combinations are irrelevant—see Chapter 4.
9 The total expenditure increases in steps: $0—$35,000—$70,000—etc.
                                       3-6

-------
                         VO
                         O\
                                                                         ON ,
ION 2
o
g
o«
 >•>
"S
                         OO O
                         000
                                     o
                                     oo i
W


6

H
O
fe
C/3
C/3

C/3

O
H


J

O
S3
S
                                                        §
      o
      Si
O  -H 5°  "
                            -
                           ss
                          . T— 1
                                     o "^
                                     S"1
                                                                        O —
                         ooo
                         OOO
         "





                                                              O
                                                              o
                                                              ^
                                                        o  o °o  »

                                                   «
i
u
i
&H
C/3
z
i
u
u
J
J
o
ckb
-Purce
- Service
- Other O
Collection
-
-
                                                                       •v vi vi
                                                                       VI -H -H
.
200.
                                           3-7

-------
2
O


E
O
O
o
Q

O
O


H

a
g
O

2

o
2
»— I
C/3
o
o

£
tn

td
      w
         .
                                       ooo
                                      -*f O >0 »O *•!

                                      of , a?n c M y 2
                                  c<9 £> &o o o Q (—'
                                  "S! .2 PS S '5 S »-
                                  S CL «.S -*i S C
total

of tot
te

e
                OB



               I




               1
Sal
 »^|-i

sf*a*i
 3 S « ^^ o


|f?II
'•S B S S ts
Ijc3s5<£
 Q. • • • •


I
Maximum Acres per S

Equipment Cost per Si

Lifetime of Site (Years

Workers per Site

Average Annual
                                 3-8

-------
o
MH
s
9
o
£
H
Q
O
|
Ed
CO
6
H
S
H
0
ta
z
o
I-N
«
H
1
Q

TABLE 3-1C. PROGRAM




S3
lunuiui
o









§



HI





ul







H
CO
0
OGRAM ADMINISTRATION C
S/househoId)
CH .
0
oo
o



0
oo
0

••



3
o









Single-Family Commingled

s
0



o
oo
C5





O
oo
.0









Multi-Family Commingled

o
«n
O



o





0
«n
O









Residential Composting

oo
vq
CO



^





en









Additional Record Keeping

3-9

-------
¥

I
CS
O
O
Q
O

S

s
<
U
I
Ed
»W4
M-«

H

fii


g

CO
CO
>j
o
u
tt
Commun
      "
E
LECTION SYSTEMS
           §
       oo •§

                              o o
                    8

          en

                   g
                   c
                         8 §
       £2
       en

       co
                                      i
                                      cs
                                              i
          en

          CO
                     SSJ
                     ?
                     CO
         I)
         ^**

         i?
mm


Pric
o
u
•£»

s%
^E§
e« •
                  I
                s-s
    II

 f?!5
 3 ui >*-' " •
 S-5?^ S
o^^. 5 o
 ^S^'S?
 Jtt 'S a "O S!

l8§ll^

"§'S|||1I
cs^oasla
11 11  i § i
                                      «*-§
c
                          '  ' ' '  ' 6 ' c3
                                 •  e
S   II
i'ffSIP
^I^Vs

illl
oi-J2 5*3
I8?'g-g
|-g|||
^C/2OUffi
I  I I I  I
         C ^ vi vi
         § VI -« -<

         ^.Q?§.




         i  -=•
                           3-10

-------
CO
 0*
 O
 o
'Ctf
 o-
 j
 Ed
 Q
 O
 Ed
 td
 si
 g

 1
fii
o
fe
CO
Ed
                             qpp
                             f* ^ »n
                             >n «n »-H
         O O OO<
         f\J O^1*"} >O i
         '-H r< en T-Ji
  SO O Q  O
^o^ggogoq;
   e
   i
   I
                     o o r~ o
                               *^ ^?   OO *^ f+Z  * ^^ C>
                                                        10    JQ
                                      'OOOg
                                      ^
-------
C/3
3
X
S
O
O
Cd
Q
O
^j
^«
|
Cd
1
Ed
Oj
a
s
H
£i
O
fc
2:
o
1
TABLE 3-2C. PROGRAM ADM]







C3
^!?


i
I











(JP^2
5-

*




c^?
s»
as




c^ ^^»
£2-






PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION COST
($/household)
o
oo
O







O
oo
0'



O
oo
0



*


Single-Family Commingled
o
ON
»-H







O
CN
i— I




f\|
T-I






Multi-Family Commingled
o
«n
O







o
«n
o




Vj
0






Residential Composting
oo
VO
en







vo
-a-
en




>n
en






Additional Record Keeping
3-12
'  \Z

-------
                         & o r~ Ti- vo
                         \O CO i-l i-H OS
                                                 gS
                                                                         <: < < < < .<
 o

 I
 Q
 ^
 N
D

1
c«



O
O
 u



 Q
Z
O


u
w

J
O'
CJ

s
o
o
Q
O
CE}

ea

$
                    ON t~-- CO
                    oo
       a

       S

      a
                         -
                       oo »n m .
                       §§
                       S3 S P5 22
                             t-  O\ (N o >n    vo
                                                                     O\  -H
                                                                     c--  r*
                                                                               O
                                                                               >n
                                                                                                .a
                                                                                                    Q. Q

                                                                                                    vi vi
                                                                                               mi
                                               3-13

-------
                 Materials Recovery Facility
                 Recycling Transfer Facility
                 MRF — High Density Cities
                Annual Throughput
                  (thousands tons)
Figure 3-1. Average Annualized Facility Costs
                 3-14

-------
 assumption that only 75 percent of the model communities have a program defined by
 bagged setout and centralized composting; 20 percent have a pre-existing composting
 program; and 5 percent start a backyard composting program in response to the materials
 separation requirement.10 Although predicting the selection of a composting program on
 the basis of population and density (as was done for recycling programs), would have
 been ideal, the schedule necessitated a simpler approach to estimating the national cost of
 composting programs. This estimate was-made by calculating the cost of bagged setout
 and centralized composting for every model community and adjusting the cost and
 avoided costs following the 75 percent—20 percent—5 percent distribution of program
 types." Note that Tables 3-1,3-2, and 3-3 report the unadjusted costs for a bagged setout
 and centralized composting program.

 33    HOUSEHOLD COST OF MATERIALS SEPARATION
        The flow of separated material begins at someone's home when he or she bundles
 newspapers, bags leaves, or places used beverage containers in a "blue box" and sets
 things out for curbside pickup.  This effort may seem as though it is free. No exchange
 occurs; the collection and processing services provided by the householder are not traded
 in the market However hidden, resources are consumed:  the householder takes storage
 space for the blue box away from other uses, and he or she could have spent time in
 another activity.

       It is very likely that the materials separation programs that communities operate to
 comply with the NSPS and EG will require households to process, sort, store, or
 otherwise control the way in which MSW is provided for collection. Such programs
 impose some costs on those households that wouldn't voluntarily undertake the practices
 mandated by the program. Time and  money the household spends washing glass,
 stacking newsprint, clearing and organizing storage space, etc. are real resource costs and
 are properly considered as a cost of materials separation. One widely accepted measure
 of this cost is the compensating variation: the minimum amount of money paid to a
 household which—if the materials separation program is implemented—would leave the
household as well off as before the program (Just, Hueth, and Schmitz, 1982).
1° The effect on costs (other than a householder's opportunity cost) and cost savings is the following- 20
  percent of the programs would generate neither costs nor cost savings; the other 5 percent would not
  generate costs.
              commui^'Ae raPita1' operating and maintenance costs of the composting program are
                                     3-15

-------
       The compensating variation measure of the household's cost of materials
 separation is illustrated in Figure 3-2. As depicted hi that figure, a utility maximizing
 household has an initial income of mo, consumes XQ units of other goods (denominated in
 dollars) and voluntarily provides RO units of recycled material (denominated in
 megagrams). The utility level obtained is UQ.  With materials recycling, the household is
 obliged to increase its recycling efforts by way of separating RI units of MS W. This
 effort, with its attendant time and expenditure levels, reduces  the maximum attainable
 level of utility to Ui. The compensating variation is the minimum income supplement
 that would allow the household to recover its original level of utility and still meet the
 material separation requirement RI. This income shift is represented by the new income
 constraint mi and the compensating variation is the difference, along the Other Goods
 axis, between xi' and XQ.

       Application of compensating variation measures of cost in the case of materials
 separation differ from more common examples because costs  arise from requiring the
 household to met specified levels of certain activities, rather than from direct price
 increases in the goods consumed.  This difference, however, does not in any way affect
 the appropriateness or applicability of compensating variation as a measure of the
 household costs of materials separation.

       Morris and Holthausen (1990) have constructed a model of household MSW
 management the includes both recycling and source reduction as alternatives to
 conventional mixed waste disposal. They have estimated parameters for a two-good
 version of the model that can be used to simulate the response of an "average" household
 to a curbside materials separation program. Parameter estimates used in Morris and
 Holthausen's model are based on both national and local waste flow data and national
 income and expenditure data.
              j.
       With this model, one can solve for household activity levels, including recycling,
 that would be voluntarily selected by the household as it attempts to maximize utility.
 Using the model a second time, one can impose the constraint that the household recycles
 25 percent (by weight) of the waste it originally generated and solve for new levels of
 utility-maximizing household activity. The compensating variation that measures the
 difference in household cost between these two solutions is found by solving the model
for the minimum income increase that would allow the household to both achieve the
materials separation requirement and the initial, higher level of utility. The income
                                     3-16

-------
                                                 m0  m1
                                        Other Goods
                                          ($/year)
RO - Original recycling without Materials Separation


R1 - Recycling with Materials Separation


Household Cost = x^ - x 1; income supplement
required to attain original level of utility
  Figure 3-2. Household Cost of Recycling
                  3-17

-------
 supplement required in this scenario is about $ 10 per year for incremental recycling of. 16
 Mg more MSW. In other words, the average household cost of meeting the materials
 separation requirement through curbside recycling is estimated to be about $10 per year
 ($61/Mg of additional MSW recycled).

        This estimate should be regarded as both crude and preliminary in as much as the
 model is highly aggregate and many of the data used to estimate the model are coarse.
 Although this estimate is plausible for some households, the true average household cost
 of the materials separation requirement may be either greater or less. The uncertainty in
 extrapolating to all householders who will be affected by the regulation is great.
 Consequently, this category of cost is not included in the national analysis.

 3.4     DOWNSIZING CREDIT FOR PLANNED MWCS
        As outlined in Section 3.1, estimates of regulatory impacts were developed for
 existing MWCs under the behavioral assumption that the plant owner will increase the
 population served in anticipation of the diversion of up to 25 percent of the waste stream.
 Aside from co-firing with non-waste materials, the owners of existing plants who wish to
 maintain the baseline rate of capacity utilization have few alternatives available to them
 because increasing the size of the service area may be difficult or costly for some owners;
 however, owners of planned MWCs will probably respond by downsizing the MWC in
 the planning stages rather than risk having to operate at a reduced capacity utilization.

       For MWCs subject to New Source Performance Standards (NSPS), estimated
 impacts are based on the behavioral assumption that solid waste managers will downsize
 planned capacity in response to the materials separation requirements. The methodology
 used to calculate the cost savings due to downsizing is outlined below.

       First the study developed baseline projections of the number of MWCs,
 distribution of capacity, estimated total capacity, and distribution of plant technology
 consistent with the projections developed for the Economic Impact of Air Pollutant
 Emission Standards for New Municipal Waste Combustors (EPA, 1989). Without the
 effects of downsizing, an estimated 14.25 million Mg per year will be processed in 67
 planned MWCs.

       Then the total annualized cost was estimated, including baseline and control costs
for air emission requirements but excluding the cost of materials separation requirements
for each category. These costs were estimated without incorporating downsizing. The

 '   T     "                            3-18

-------
 cost model and assumptions used to calculate these costs are contained in the Economic
 Impact of Air Pollutant Emission Standards for New Municipal Waste Combustors (EPA,
 1989).

        Next, calculating the corresponding percent reduction in total annualized costs
 was accomplished by using the percent reduction in total waste flows for each of the plant
 categories.  For the purposes of this analysis, percent reduction in costs is equivalent to
 percent reduction in waste flows. Total cost savings are the difference between the total
 cost without downsizing and total cost with downsizing.

        After downsizing an estimated 12.3 million Mg per year will be processed at
 planned MWCs. This figure represents an overall 17.16 percent reduction in total waste
 processed.  Note that percentage reduction in waste flows for each category of plants may
 be more or less than the overall average, depending on the characteristics of the model
 programs associated with the individual plants within each category.

        The costs presented in Table 3-4 are used only as a rough estimate of the cost
 savings associated with downsizing. The estimated total cost savings presented here do
 not account for economies of scale or differences in technology.

        The downsizing credit of approximately $90 million dollars reflects adjustments
 in the distribution of composting programs (see Section 3.2 above). When every model
 community starts a bagged composting program, the credit is approximately $103 million
 dollars. It is a larger credit because every megagram of yard waste and leaves collected is
 one less megagram of waste combusted at an MWC. When, instead, 20 percent of the
 model communities have a pre-existing composting program, a planned MWC would
 have already been appropriately sized and an additional reduction in size  would be
 inappropriate. At the national level, the adjusted downsizing credit is calculated
 according to the following formula:
                                 2Y
                                        $103 million
(3-7)
       In the formula, Y is the weight of yard waste and leaves collected and O is the
weight of newspapers and containers collected. The fraction Y/(Y+O) is the fraction of
the unadjusted downsizing credit attributable to yard waste and leaves.  The results
reported in Chapter 6 are based on the downsizing credit of $90 million dollars.
                                      3-19

-------
                       TABLE 3-4. DOWNSIZING CREDITS

Model Plant
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6 .
7
8
9
10
11
12

Estimated
Percent
Waste Flow
Reduction
18.01%
16.26%
16.62%
16.68%
16.68%
16.23%
16.31%
17.25%
17.81%
17.98%
15.88%
15.88%
Without
Downsizing
National Level
Annualized
Post-Regulatory
Cost
($103)
$75,149.34
$75,436.92
$155,290.03
$35,900.42
$44,740.42
$87,066.03
$56,035.91
$11,039.44
$1,946.85
$11,468.14
$20,396.01
$44,871.81
With
Downsizing
National Level
Annualized
Post-Regulatory
Cost
($103)
$61,614.95
$63,170.87
$129,480.82
$29,912.23
$37,277.72
$72,935.22
$46,896.45
$9,135.14
$1,600.12
$9,406.17
$17,157.12
$37,746.16

Percent
Reduction in
Costs
18.01%
16.26%
16.62%
16.68%
16.68%
16.23%
16.31%
17.25%
17.81%
17.98%
15.88%
15.88%
            Total Cost
    Total Waste Flow
(Unadjusted Composting)
       (H^Mg/yr)

   Total Cost Savings   .
(Unadjusted Composting)
        ($103/vr)

   Total Cost Savings
 (Adjusted Composting)
        ($103/yr)
$619,341.31
                                          14.95
$516,332.96
                        12.48
                                                      $103,008.34
                                                       $90,113.02
                                                                     16.63%
                    16.52%
Notes:
1) Percent waste flow reduction estimated using Waste Plan model.
2) National level annualized post-regulatory costs are baseline annualized costs plus costs of the air
    emission requirements under the proposed regulation.
3) For the purposes of this analysis, percent reductions in costs are equal to the percent reduction in waste
    flows.
                                        3-20

-------
 3.5    AVOIDED LANDFILL COSTS
        It is hypothesized that owners of existing MWCs will avert a reduction in the flow
 of waste to their plant by obtaining waste from expanded catchment areas. This waste
 will consequently be diverted from a municipal solid waste landfill (MS WLF).  Landfill
 space is a valuable resource, so the avoided cost of landfilling should enter into a full
 accounting of the cost of the materials separation requirement

 3.5.1    Greater Estimate of Avoided Landfill Costs
        Avoided landfill costs were calculated by using the estimates of the full costs of
 disposal provided by the Office of Solid Waste (Burke, 1990).  The costs in Table 3-5
 "reflect total costs after implementation of the draft final rule for revisions to the Subtitle
 D criteria for MSWLFs" (Ibid., p. 1). Tables 3-6A and 3-6B describe the distribution of
 landfills by size and type, respectively.12

        An average cost was calculated using two different methods. In the first, each
 landfill counts equally. In the second, each ton of daily landfill throughput counts equally.

       Assuming that size and type are independent, the average cost calculated by
 equally weighting landfills is $62.60 per ton.  The other average cost is $20.23 per ton.

       Several considerations imply that the correct average is an intermediate figure.
 The first average ($62.60) is too high:
       • Landfills nearest an MWC would not be the smallest landfills—this average
         overestimates the importance of small landfills relative to the average cost of
         landfilling all waste.
       • This average surely overstates the costs, if for no other reason than that the cost
         of transporting waste from the expanded catchment area to an MWC is probably
         higher than the cost of transportation to the landfill, which the calculations do
         not include.

The  second average is too low:
       • MWCs are found in densely populated areas with higher than average land cost
         but the  distributions of landfill costs reflect size and type—not population
         density.
12 It is assumed that size and type are independently distributed.
                                      3-21

-------
TABLE 3-5. BASELINE AND COMPLIANCE COSTS FOR NEW AND EXISTING
            FACILITIES (TOTAL ANNUALIZED COST PER TON)3

MSWLF
Size
(TPD)
10
25
75
175
375
750
1500


Uniform Standard
On-Site
Clay
$101
67
44
28
20
14
14
Off-Site
Clay
$106
72
47
31
22
15
16
Final Rule


Performance Standard6

S/S
$97
64
42
26
18
13
13

U/S
$84
54
35
21
14
10
10

u/v
$78
49
32
18
12
9
8
*Total costs include baseline. MSWLF sizes listed in tons per day (TPD).
kperformance standard modeled for three designs.
      U/V  = unlined with a vegetative cover
      U/S   = unlined with a synthetic cover
      S/S   » synthetic liner with a synthetic cover.
                    TABLE 3-6A. SIZE DISTRIBUTION
            MSWLF Size
               (TPD)
  Fraction of Total
Number of Landfills
10
25
75
175
375
750
1500
0.513
0.170
0.131
0.073
0.055
0.031
0.026
                   TABLE 3-6B. TYPE DISTRIBUTION
          Types of Landfill
 Fraction of Total
Number of Landfills
         Uniform On-site Clay
         Standard Off-site Clay
                S/S
                U/S
                U/V
      0.202
      0.071
      0.158
      0.004
      0.565
                                  3-22

-------
        The dilemma is resolved by using the simple average of $62.60 and $20.23 or
 $41.42 per ton ($45.65/Mg). The avoided landfill cost will be calculated by multiplying
 $45.65 times each megagram of MSW shipped to an existing MWC from the expanded
 portion of a catchment area.

 3.5.2.    Lesser Estimate of Avoided Landfill Costs
        Another way of calculating avoided landfill costs uses the elasticity of cost with
 respect to size. To illustrate, if the elasticity were 0.6, the average cost of landfilling $50
 per ton, and the reduction in waste flow 100 tons, then the total reduction in cost would
 be $3000 (0.6*50*100).

        Looking at the issue from a long-run perspective, the planned size of a landfill
 would vary according to the expected rate of use: a landfill that would receive 10
 megagrams per day would be replaced with a 7 1/2 megagram per day landfill if the
 expected flow of waste were to fall by 25 percent.  All costs are variable costs, marginal
 cost equals average cost, and some capital expenditures would be avoided with a
 reduction in planned capacity. In the short run, the capital expenditures associated with
 an oversized (after the reduction waste flow) landfill could not be recovered. The long-
 run perspective produces an upper bound (i.e., the maximum reduction in cost).

        The first step in this approach is to calculate the elasticity of cost with respect to
 size by statistically estimating the relationship between cost and size. Using the figures in
 Tables 3-5 and 3-6B, the average costs range from $87.660/ton for a 10 TPD landfill to
 $10.578/ton for a 1500 TPD landfill* Using the functional form that assumes a constant
 point elasticity with respect to size, the following equation results:14
                 LN (weighted average cost) = 5.485 - .450*LN(size)
(3-8)
       After exponentiating both sides and expressing total cost as a function of size, the
equation becomes:
                            Total Cost = 241*(size)A.55
(3-9)
       Equation (3-9) implies a point elasticity of 0.55 for a change in size (within the
long run also equals the change in waste flow when both are expressed as fractions). For

                                 zed COSt P*ton) ** 87'660' 56-659> 37.081,22.219,15.282,
                                      3-23

-------
 a 25 percent reduction in the quantity (weight) going to a landfill, the long-run reduction
 in cost is about 59 percent15

       The next step is to estimate the average cost of landfills near MWCs. Using the
 National Survey of Solid Waste (Municipal) Landfill Facilities (U.S., E.P.A., 1988b)
 made it possible to determine the nearest landfill to 100 MWCs and the average size of
 these landfills.  For a landfill of that size, the average cost was computed using equation
 (3-8). Significantly, the data used to estimate equation (3-8) reflect conditions across the
 nation. The average cost implied by these data is unlikely to be representative of the
 average cost typical of the population of landfills that are near to MWCs.  Landfill costs
 in service areas of MWCs may be expected to be greater than for the entire nation
 because MWCs generally serve urban areas. Labor and land costs are likely to be higher.
 Some adjustment in the average cost determined by equation (3-8) is appropriate.
 Unfortunately, no studies of regional variation in cost exist The best approximation to
 cost that is available comes from a survey of tipping fees (Pettit,  1989). The difference
 between tipping fees in the Northeast and the entire nation is $18.55/ton (Ibid., p. 101). A
 somewhat arbitrary urban premium of $18.55/ton was added to the average cost
 determined by equation (3-8) to give an average cost of $33.97/ton or $37.81/Mg for
 landfills near MWCs.

       The lesser estimate of avoided landfill costs is based on an elasticity of 0.59 and
 an average cost of $37.81/Mg. The unit avoided cost is therefore $22.31/Mg.
          •
 3.6    IMPLICATIONS OF A CHANGE IN WASTE COMPOSITION
       The proposed rule targets certain components of MS W for removal from the
 combusted waste stream: paper and paperboard, glass, aluminum, ferrous metals,
plastics, and yard waste.  Selective removal changes the composition of the waste stream
and heat and ash content The change in heat content may change the value received (per
Mg of waste combusted) from the generation of steam and electricity. The change in ash
content affects the cost (per Mg of waste combusted) of landfilling the ash.
*4 The R-squared is 0.986 and the standard error of the coefficient on size is 0.024.
15 The reduction in cost varies little over a wide range of size reductions. For a 5 percent reduction in size,
  the reduction in cost is 56 percent; for a 50 percent reduction in size, the reduction in cost is 63 percent
                                     3-24

-------
        Table 3-7 describes the baseline composition of residentially generated,
 combusted MSW and the post-separation composition for several model materials
 separation programs. The maximum increase in heat content is approximately
 9 percent16  The maximum increase in ash content is approximately 12 percent17

        The value of energy recovery depends on the type of MWC. For mass burn plants
 (the most common), the revenue from the sale of energy ranges from nothing to $27.40
 per megagram of combusted waste (EPA, 1988c, Table 3-4, p. 3-19). For refuse-derived-
 fuel plants, the revenue ranges from $40.00 to $40.20 per megagram of combusted waste
 (Ibid.). The value for refuse-derived-fuel plants is most unrepresentative because of the
 relative rarity of that type and the pre-processing of the waste. The representative range
 of the value of energy recovery is from nothing to $32.30 per megagram of combusted
 MSW. For modular plants, the range is from nothing to $32.30 per megagram of
 combusted waste (Ibid.).

        The increase in the value of energy recovery may be as high as $2.96 per
 megagram combusted (0.0917 * $32.30). An .important assumption is that the basis of the
 capacity of an MWC is throughput of waste.

        If the basis of capacity were BTU rather than throughput, the net effect of a
 change in waste composition would be negative for existing MWCs. An existing MWC
 would combust less waste, generate the same amount of energy, and receive the same
 total revenue from the sale of energy. The expansion of the catchment area would be
 less, reducing the savings from avoided landfill costs (valued at $45.64/Mg). Without
 additional information on technological constraints, concluding whether the change in
 heat content from a change in waste composition would lead to a savings or loss is not
 possible.

       In the baseline, one megagram of combusted MSW generates 0.2622 megagrams
 of ash.  The disposal cost ranges from $25.86 /Mg (Radian, 1990) to $45.64/Mg (the
 average landfilling cost calculated in the previous section  above). The ash disposal cost
is therefore $6.78 to $11.96 per megagram combusted.  Because of the change in waste
16 This change occurs in the two-stream model program "option 2" in the small and very small model
  communities.
17 This change occurs in the multiple-stream model program and the two-stream program "option 1" in the
  high-population, high-density model community.
                                     3-25
                                                                        l.Jl

-------
    TABLE 3-7. PRE- AND POST-SEPARATION COMPOSITION OF MSW
                          Residential
                          Composition
                         of Combusted
                          MSWPre-
                          Separation
Residential Composition
  of Combusted MSW
   Post-Separation
   by Community
    and Program






Newspaper
Glass
Aluminum
Ferrous
HDPE.& PET Plastic
Appliances
Yard Waste
Leaves
Stumps
Books
Office Paper
Comm. Printing Paper
Tissue & Towel
Nonpackaging Paper
Pkg. Paper/Paperboard
Corrugated Cardboard
Misc. Glass
Misc. Scrap Alum.
Misc. Ferr. Scrap
Nonpkg. Plastic
Woodwaste
Foodwaste
Textiles
Leather
Tires
Ceramics & Misc. Inorganics
Misc. Organics
Sum
Change in:
Ash content
Energy


Doesn't
Vary
by
Community
8.69
10.38
1.06
2.65
4.13
0.00
10.81
15.15
0.00
5.83
0.64
1.59
3.18
1.27
3.07
5.40
1.06
0.64
4.13
3.39
0.64
6.78
1.91
2.12
1.38
3.28
0.85
100.00





SM-2
SL-2
VSM-2
VSL-2
4.02
7.82
0.89
2.22
3.26
0.00
5.63
7.90
0.00
8.44
0.92
2.30
4.60
1.84
4.45
7.82
1.53
0.92
5.98
4.91
0.92
9.82
2.76
3.07
1.99
4.75
1.23
100.00

+4.39%
+9.17%
VSL-MS
VSM-MS
SL-MS
SM-MS
HH-2
SM-1
SL-1
VSM-1
4.86
9.29
0.95
2.37
3.52
0.00
5.44
7.63
0.00
8.15
0.89
2.22
4.45
1.78
4.30
7.56
1.48
0.89
5.78
4.74
0.89
9.48
2.67
2.96
1.93
4.59
1.19
100.00

+8.66%
+7.96




HH-MS
HH-1
6.48
10.50
1.07
2.68
4.07
0.00
5.18
7.26
0.00
7.76
0.85
2.12
4.23
1.69
4.09
7.19
1.41
0.85
5.50
4.51
0.85
9.03
2.54
2.82
1.83
4.37
1.13
100.00

+12.12%
+7.46%
Source: Radian.
                                3-26

-------
 composition, the disposal cost increases from $0.30 to $1.45 per megagram of
 residentially generated combusted MSW.18 The increase in cost at the national level was
 not estimated.
 3.7
       AVOIDED RESIDENTIAL MSW COLLECTION COSTS
       A materials separation requirement for municipal waste combustors will reduce
the quantity of refuse that needs to be collected in communities.  This reduction may in
turn reduce the costs of refuse collection in affected communities. Intuitively, a materials
separation program reduces the cost of conventional refuse collection by reducing the
quantity of conventional refuse to be collected. In addition, if quantity reductions are
significant, some communities that now collect refuse twice weekly may find it
acceptable to collect refuse once weekly, allowing cost savings apart from the quantity
reduction alone. The purpose of this section is to develop and present an approximation
of the range of refuse collection cost savings in affected communities that is attributable
to a materials separation requirement
 3.7.1    Greater Estimate of Avoided Costs
       The following variables must be known to estimate the refuse collection cost
 saving in a given community that is attributable to a materials separation requirement:
       • the baseline refuse collection cost in the community,
       • the relationship between refuse collection costs and determining variables such
         as refuse quantity and collection frequency, and
       • the expected impact of materials separation on these pertinent cost-determining
         variables.                                                            &

       The greater estimate of avoided costs results from using WastePlan to model the
effect of a recycling program on residential garbage collection (Mathias, 1990). For three
model communities,19 the cost of garbage collection was estimated twice: once without
a recycling program and again with a recycling program (in particular, the two-stream
program "Option 2"). Garbage collection occurs once weekly in both scenarios. The
savings in total, annualized garbage collection cost is 16 percent to 17 percent of a
18 Calculated in this way: 0.0439 * $6.78 and 0.1217 * $11.96.
  The communities are high population/high density, medium population/medium density, and very small
  population/low density.              .
                                     3-27

-------
 baseline collection cost of 27-38 dollars per ton, corresponding to diversion rates of 28-
 29 percent

        This analysis implies a savings of $23.30 for each megagram of residential waste
 that is diverted from the ordinary garbage collection system. This figure will be used for
 each model program and community.

 3.7.2   Lesser Estimate of Avoided Costs
        For purposes of estimating the lower end of the range of avoided costs, it is
 assumed that for all communities a baseline (without materials separation) refuse
 collection cost of $100 per household per year. Savas and Stevens (1978) present annual
 per-household refuse collection costs for communities of different sizes and collection
 arrangements. Their estimates are derived statistically from a survey of 315 cities.
 Statistical estimates (in 1-974 dollars per household per year) range from as low as $11 to
 as high as $65.

       Using the services component of the personal consumption expenditures implicit
 price deflator, these 1974 estimates are equivalent to a range of $30 to $179 per
 household per year in 1989 dollars. The low end of the range is for once-a-week,
 curbside collection in a large city with low collector wages, assuming 0.9 Mg (one ton) of
 refuse per household per year.  The high end of the range is for twice-a-week, backyard
 collection in a small town with high collector wages, assuming 1.8 Mg (two tons) of
 refuse per household per year.  The mid-point of the range is $104.50 per household per
 year ($  1989), about the assumed $ 100 estimate.20

       Stevens (1978) estimates the cost of refuse collection as a function of the
 collector's wage, the total quantity of refuse collected per year, market structure (public
 monopoly, private  monopoly, competition), frequency of collection .(once or twice
 weekly), pick-up location (curbside or backyard), quantity of per-household refuse
 collected per year,  number of households per square mile, and variability of weather
 conditions. To examine the nature of scale economies in refuse collection, Stevens
 separately estimates log-log equations for four community size groups:  population fewer
20 In the model communities, a household generates slightly more than 1 Mg (less than 1.2 tons) of
  municipal solid waste each year (generation measured as gross discards). It is therefore assumed that
  residential refuse collection costs an average of $94.41/Mg ($85.63/ton) per year.
                                      3-28

-------
  than 20,000, population between 20,000 and 30,000, population between 30,000 and
  50,000, and population over 50,000.

        Stevens shows the most significant cost determinants to be wages (positive
  relationship), total quantity of refuse collected (positive relationship), quantity of refuse
  collected per household holding total quantity constant (negative relationship), frequency
  of collection (positive relationship), and pick-up location (backyard is more costly than
  curbside). The estimated regression coefficients can be interpreted as partial elasticities,
  indicating the percentage change in refuse collection cost given a small percentage
  change in refuse quantity or frequency of collection.

       For purposes of this approximation, it is assumed that materials separation would
 have no impact on the following variables: wages, market structure, and pick-up
 location. Some or all of the following variables might be affected by materials separation:
 total quantity of refuse collected per year, per-household refuse collected per year, and
 frequency of collection.

       The percent reduction in refuse collection costs is calculated under two scenarios
 using Stevens' regression coefficient estimates and an assumed baseline household
 annual collection cost of $100 in all communities. One scenario assumes that the quantity
 (and quantity per household) of refuse declines with materials separation and that
 communities leave the frequency of collection unchanged (Table 3-8A). For a 25 percent
 reduction in collection,21 the cost of collection falls by 1.43 percent to 3.35 percent,
 depending on the population served.

       A second scenario assumes that the total quantity (and quantity per household) of
 refuse declines with materials separation and that communities respond by reducing the
 frequency of collection from twice-weekly to once-weekly.  If the cost of collection were
 the only consideration, it is plausible that communities would reduce collection
 frequency. Table 3-8B shows that the reduction in collection cost would be substantial:
 about 22 percent when collection occurs weekly instead of semi-weekly. Anecdotal
 evidence suggests that opposition from inconvenienced residents and displaced workers
 may inhibit or delay the reduction in collection frequency (New York Times, 1990).
 These conditions presumably vary greatly from city to city, and predicting
21
  The model programs reduce residential collection by approximately 25 percent
                                      3-29

-------
TABLE 3-8A. PERCENT REDUCTION IN REFUSE COLLECTION COST
          ASSUMING NO CHANGE IN FREQUENCY OF REFUSE
          COLLECTION
Population of Community
Refuse Reduction
One percent
Ten percent
Twenty percent
Twenty-five percent
Thirty percent
Under
20,000
0.13
1.34
2.68
3.35
4.02
20,000 to
30,000
.0.10
1.03.
2.06
2.58
3.09
30,000 to
50,000
0.13
1.33
2.66
3.33
3.99
Over
50,000
0.06
0.57
1.14
1.43
1.71
TABLE 3-8B. PERCENT REDUCTION IN REFUSE COLLECTION COST
          ASSUMING HALVED FREQUENCY OF REFUSE COLLECTION
Population of Community
Refuse Reduction
One percent
Ten percent
Twenty percent
Twenty-five percent
Thirty percent
Under
20,000
18,30
19.51
20.85
21.52
22.19
20,000 to
30,000
19.10
20.03
21.06
21.57
22.09
30,000 to
50,000
19.73
20.93
22.26
22.92
23.59
Over
50,000
19.79
20.30
20.87
21.16
21.44
                          3-30

-------
 reductions in collection frequency would be very speculative. Therefore, the estimation
 of the reduction in regular garbage collection cost is restricted to the case in which
 frequency is unchanged.

        Because the baseline refuse collection cost is per household, the number of
 households in all communities in each of the four community size categories can be
 estimated, these estimates are derived by dividing the population of each affected
 community22 in the MWC data base by 2.7, an estimate of the average number of persons
 per household.

        The estimate of the net cost of the materials  separation requirement (see
 Chapter 6) includes the avoided cost of residential refuse collection calculated under the
 assumption that collection frequency does not change. Thus, the percentages in
 Table 3-8A are used for a 25 percent reduction in refuse collection.

 3.8     ADJUSTING MODEL PROGRAM COSTS FOR SCALE
        Thus far the costs (including avoided costs) of a model program in a model
 community of a specific size, i.e., population served, have been discussed.23 Estimating
 the net costs of the materials separation requirement at the national level requires a
 method of extrapolating from model communities to communities of different sizes.

       It is assumed that the costs of collection and post-collection processing for any
 particular combination of model program and population served class exhibit constant
 returns to scale. For example, in a community that is 10 percent larger than the
 corresponding model community,24 the costs of the two-stream and multiple-stream
 programs would be 10 percent greater. This extrapolation is equivalent to using a
 piecewise linear function to approximate the average cost curve.
22 After exclusion of units below the size cutoff of 35 Mg/day of design capacity.
  This study uses the median of the population-served class (see Chapter 4).
  The comparison of population served takes into account the expansion of the catchment area.
                                     3-31

-------

-------
                                  CHAPTER 4
    FRAMEWORK FOR ESTIMATING NATIONAL COSTS AND DIVERSION

        The Agency's materials separation requirement defines the goal—25 percent of
 MSW—that owners and planners of MWCs must meet, but it does not prescribe a
 particular materials separation program, leaving the selection to the owner of the unit.
 Predicting the result of the materials separation requirement requires predicting the
 response of the owners1 of MWCs. With the freedom that the proposed requirement
 gives, owners are likely to implement the requirement differently. Public involvement in
 curbside recycling programs may very well be a factor in the materials separation
 programs that MWC owners implement. Estimating the costs and effectiveness of these
 programs requires predicting the response of the public. The modeling framework
 therefore links differences in the choices among programs made by the owners of MWCs
 and differences in the public's response to differences in communities.

       Existing and planned MWCs number almost 300. This number is too large to
 allow us to attend to more than a few of the influences on an owner's choice of materials
 separation program. It is hypothesized that differences in choice of program correlate
 with differences in the size of population served and population density of the MWC
 service area. Thus the type of community is again the critical determinant of behavior.
 Recall from Chapter 2 that the type of community also influenced the prediction of the
 diversion by consumers of materials from the residential waste stream.

       Section 4.1 describes the procedure for creating a model community by
 estimating population served and population density for existing and planned MWCs.
 Section 4.2 defines the model communities that represent the catchment areas of actual
 and planned MWCs. Finally, Section 4.3 predicts the adoption of materials separation
 programs.

 4.1    EXISTING AND PLANNED MWCS
       This study describes a model community by its population served and population
density. The available databases on MWCs do not contain these statistics. As explained
in the next section, population served and population density are estimated for an existing
MWC using the design capacity of the unit and  the size of its catchment area; for a

1 The term "owner" is used to refer to both actual owners of MWCs and planned owners.
                                        4-1

-------
 planned MWC, a somewhat different procedure is used. These estimates depend on the
 location, capacity, and operational status of MWCs.

        Table 4-1 identifies the existing MWCs, giving location by city and state, design
 capacity, and start-up date. Different sources of information2 disagreed on the number
 and operational status of units, so these sources were merged to lessen the chance of
 overlooking an MWC. Two hundred thirteen units are already in service or will be in
 service sometime in 1991.3 These units are listed in increasing order of design capacity
 in Table 4-1.

        The planned MWCs included in this analysis replicate the 12 model units that
 appear in the economic impact analysis of the New Source Performance Standards for air
 pollutant emissions from MWCs (see Table 4-2).  Other lists of planned units are
 available but were not used because of the difficulties that would have arisen in
 estimating the cost savings from the construction and operation of smaller, planned units.
 The capital, operating, and maintenance costs of the model MWCs are known precisely.
 The use of model, planned MWCs allows a more accurate estimate of the cost-savings
 from downsizing.

        Corresponding to each model MWC is a scaling factor (in the NSPS  economic
 impact analysis) that gives the expected number of units. The scaling factors are
 fractional numbers.  They were converted to whole numbers to match the list of existing
 MWCs.4 Thus, this analysis develops measures of cost and effectiveness for materials
 separation programs implemented by the owners of 17 small mass-burn/waterwall
 MWCs, 8 mid-size mass-burn/waterwall MWCs, and similarly for a total of 67 planned
 MWCs.
 ^o8^0!8 m ^ October 1989 Cify Currents; 1988-90 Resource Recovery Yearbook; and "Waste Age
   1989 Refuse and Incineration Refuse-To-Energy Listings," Waste Age, November 1989, pp. 169-182
5 A unit that will be in service in 1990 or 1991 is probably too nearly completely constructed to be
   redesigned. The response of an owner of a planned unit to the materials separation requirement should
   be the same as the response of an owner of an existing unit Therefore, such planned units are included
   with actually existing units.
4 The objective of keeping the total of model MWCs to 67 guided the conversion of scaling factors to
   integers. First a scaling factor was rounded to the nearest integer, thus producing a total of 65 MWCs-
   then the number 2 was s\AA?A to th« rairMifatinn                                            '
then the number 2 was added to the calculation.

                                         4-2

-------
TABLE 4-1. EXISTING MUNICIPAL WASTE COMBUSTORS
City
Auburn
Friday Harbor
Nottingham
East Penn Township
Canterbury
Stamford
Skaneateles
Gatesville
Grimes County
Harpswell
Candia
Plymouth
Wolfeboro
Shemya
Litchfield
Groveton
Sitka
Huntsville
Palestine
Wilton
Meredith
Hope
Mayport Naval Station
Carthage City
Collegeville
Pittsfield
ElkhartLake
Westmoreland County
Ketchikan
Frenchville
Wrightsville
Brookings
Johnsonville
Hohenwald
Osceola
Waxahachie
Burley (Cassia County)
Galax
Stuttgart
Lewisburg
Savage
Juneau
Blytheville
Thief River Falls
State
NH
WA
NH
PA
NH
VT
NY
TX
TX
ME
NH
NH
NH
AK
NH
NH
AK
TX
TX
NH
NH
AR
FL
TX
MN
NH
WI
PA
AK
ME
NC
OR
SC
TN
AR
TX
ID
VA
AR
TN
MN
AK
AR
MN
Design
Capacity
(Mg/Day)
5
5
7
7
9
9
12
12
12
13
14
15
15
18
20
22
23
23
23
27
28
34
36
36
39
44
44
45
45
. 45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
51
54
54
62
63
63
63
Start-up
Date
1979
. iy / y
1978
i^ / \J
1972
JLi' / £*
1988
NA
i iZjk.
1Q73
i-7 / j
1975
1980
1984
JL. S \J^T
1975
-L^ / *J
NA
i.^f\
1Q76
.1*7 / O
1975
1975 .
NA
i'lii
1980
1985
1984
JL^O*T
1980
1979
NA

1978
1985 .
1981
1969
1987
1991
1984
1981
1978
NA
1988
1980
1982
1982
1986
1980
1980
1981
1986
1983
1985
                                           CONTINUED
                       4-3

-------
TABLE 4-1. EXISTING MUNICIPAL WASTE COMBUSTORS (CONTINUED)
City
Alexandria (Douglas County)
Livingston
City of Red Wing
Franklin
Port Washington
Fort Leonard Wood
Polk County
FtDix
Barren County
Hereford
Moore County
City of Fergus Falls
Bellingham
Marquette County
Durham
PnidoeBay
N. Little Rock
Dyersburg
Harrisonburg
Salem
Batesville
Hot Springs
Miami
Windham
Clebume
New Richmond (St. Croix Co)
Cuba (Cattaraugus Co.)
Perham (Quadrant)
MandeviUe
Muscoda
New Canaan
Coos Bay
Key West (Monroe Co.)
Pascagoula '
Craighead County
Humboldt
Waukesha
Skagit County
Muskegon County
Oswego County (Volney)
Long Beach
Wilmington (New Hanover Co)
Gallatin
Claremont
State
MN
MT
MN
KY
WI
MO
MN
NJ
WI
TX
TX
MN
WA
MI
NH
AK
AR
TN
VA
VA
AR
AR
OK
CT
TX
WI
NY
MN
LA
WI
CT
OR
FL
MS
AR
TN
WI
WA
MI
NY
NY
NC
TN
NH
Design
Capacity
(Mg/Day)
65
68
65
68
68
68
73
73
73
82
82
84
91
91
98
91
91
91
91
91
91
94
98
98
104
104
102
105
109
113
113
113
136
136
136
136
159
161
163
181
181
181
181
181
Start-up
Date
1987
1982
1982
1986
1965
1981
1988
1986
1986
1965
1972
1988
1986
1991
1980
1981
1977
1980
1982
' 1978
1981
NA
1982
1981
1986
1988
1983
1986
1991
1989
1971
•*• ^ i *.
1976
A ^ 1 \t
1986
1985
1991
1990
1 ^ *r\J
1971
A *^ / A
1988
1990
1986
1988
•A. ^ \j\j
1984
1981
i^tj J.
1987
                                                CONTINUED
                             4-4

-------
TABLE 4-1. EXISTING MUNICIPAL WASTE COMBUSTORS (CONTINUED)
City
Shreveport
Portsmouth
Euclid
Oneida County (Rome)
Hampton
Jackson County
Hampton
Rochester (Olmstead County)
Ames
/ Madison
Berkeley County
Middletown
Charlotte-Mecklenburg County
Pittsfield
Rutland
Sheboygan
Glen Cove
Easton
Tacoma
Lakeland
Tuscaloosa
Springfield
Harfoid County
Norfolk
City of Commerce (LA Co.)
Hudson Falls
Oyster Bay
Gaston County
Saratoga County
Washington County
Dutchess County
Duluth
La Crosse County
Davis County
Warren County
Madison (Gas and Electric Co)
Wallingford
Webster
Huntington
Taunton
Framingham
Lisbon
Londonderry
Glendon
State
LA
NH
OH
NY
VA
MI
SC
MN
IA
TN
SC
CT
NC
MA
VT
WI
NY
PA
WA
FL
AL
MA
MD
VA
CA
NY
NY
NC
NY
NY
NY
MN
WI
UT
NJ
WI
CT
MA
NY
MA
MA
CT
NH
PA
Design
Capacity
(Mg/Day)
181
181
181
181
181
181
218
181
181
190
204
209
212
218
218
218
227
272
272
272
272
327
327
327
327
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
363
381
381
408
408
454
454
454
454
Start-up
Date
1987
1982
NA
A^^a.
1985
1980
•*• -^ \j\j
1987
1985
**s\j*J
1987
1975
i.S I +J
1988
±^\j\j
NA
1991
± -7*7 A
1989
1981
1987
A.XIJ /
1965
A ^ \J%J
1983
1986
1990
i^ s\J
1982
.L^O-Atf
1984
-L.7O*T
1988
1988
1Q67
iy\ji
1987
1990
NA
X~iV
1991
1991
•L ^ ^ A.
1991
1989
1Q86
iyou
1987
1988
-L^OO
1988
1979
1990
1991
MA
iN.f\
1991
1970
1991
1991
1991
                                                 CONTINUED
                             4-5

-------
TABLE 4-1. EXISTING MUNICIPAL WASTE COMBUSTORS (CONTINUED)
City
Portland
Concord
Savannah
Tacoma
Panama City (Bay County)
Islip
Lake County
Marion County
Stamford
Manchester
Gloucester County
Fall River
Clinton Township
Preston
Oakland County
Biddeford/Saco
Wilmington (Pigeon Point)
Honolulu
Charleston
Albany (steam plant)
Kent County
Bristol
Hunts ville
Somerset County
Harrisburg
Albany (processing plant)
Bangor /Brewer
Johnston
Babylon
EdenPrarie
St Louis
Pierce County
Stanislaus County
Oklahoma City
Lawrence
Alexandria/Arlington
Washington
Louisville
New York (Belts Avenue)
Wilmington
Tampa
Newport
Akron
Pasco County
State
ME
NH
GA
WA
FL
NY
FL
OR
CT
NH
NJ
MA
MI
CT
MI
ME
DE
HE
SC
NY
MI
CT
AL
NJ
PA
NY
ME
RI
NY
MN
MO
WA
CA
OK
MA
VA
DC
KY
NY
DE
FL
MN
OH
FL
Design
Capacity
(Mg/Day)
. 454
454
454
454
463
470
479
499
508
508
522
544
• 544
544
544
544
544
544
544
544
567
590
626
635
653
680
680
680
680
726
726
726
726
744
862
884
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
952
Start-up
Date
1988
1989
1987
1989
1987
1988
1991
1987
1974
1991
1990
1972
1972
1991
1991
1987
1986
1970
1989
1981
1990
1988
1990
1991
1972
J. S 1 **
1981
1988
NA
X TiJL
1988
1987
NA
X T *»
1991
1989
1991
1984
J. S\J^T
1988
1972
*. *r 1 4*
1960
JLS\J\J
1980
1984
1985
••• ^ *j+s
1987
1979
*^ / ^
1991
                                                   CONTINUED
                               4-6

-------
  TABLE 4-1. EXISTING MUNICIPAL WASTE COMBUSTORS (CONTINUED)
City
Camden County
Nashville
Tulsa
Pulaski
Cockeysville
Lancaster County
Hillsborough County
Hennepin County
Baltimore County
York Co. (Manchester Tnshp)
Long Beach
Millbury
Anoka County (Elk River)
Saugus
North Andover
Montgomery County
Chicago (NW)
Haverhill
Rochester
Portsmouth
West Palm Beach
Honolulu
Hartford
Niagra Falls
Columbus
Bucks County
Bridgeport
Westchester County
Delaware County
Essex County
Baltimore (SW Rec. Fac.)
Hempstead
Indianapolis
Fairfax
Dade County
Pinellas County
Detroit
State
. NJ
TN -
OK
MD
MD
PA
FL
MN
MD
PA
CA
MA
MN
MA
MA
OH
EL
MA
MA
' VA
FL
ffl
CT
. NY
OH
PA
CT
NY
PA
NJ
MD
NY
IN
VA
FL
FL
MI
Design
Capacity
(Mg/Day)
952
1,016
1,020
1,088
1,088
1,088
1,088
1,088
1,088
1,219
1,252
1,361
1,361
1,361
1,361
1,361
1,451
1,497
1,723
1,814
1,814
1,959
1 814
1,814
1,814
2,041
2,041
2,041
2,438
2,041
2,041
2,103
2,141
2,721
2,721
2,857
2,993
Start-up
Date
1991
1974
1986
1982
NA
1991
1987
1989
NA
1989
NA
1988
1989
1975
1985
1970
1989
1989
1989
' 1Q8«
iyoo
1989
1990
1QS8
17OO
1981
1983
1991
1988
1984
1991
1990
1985
NA
1989
1990
1982
1983
1990
Source:   City Currents Volume 8, Number 3, October 1989; 1988-89 Resource Recovery Yearbook- and Waste Aee
        November 1989, "Waste Age 1989 Refuse and Incineration Refuse-to-Energylistingt'?pp169   *
                                       4-7

-------
T) S «
il*i
B es -e 7^
 CO
  "S B -S
  l'-55
 Ofl
odel Uni
Capacity
(May)
Definition of Ter
.2
">
•s*
•a *j
IB
                           VO
                                 O\ »— i t— *
          CO
               CS
                                          VO
       OOOOOOOO«r>
                                   OOOO
                        3
      «««««
                                          H
                                          O
                                               •
                                               
-------
 4.2    MODEL COMMUNITIES
        Several model communities that represent the catchment areas of actual and
 planned MWCs are needed to create a manageable analytical framework.  The model
 communities differ by population served and population density. They also differ in
 other ways, for example, by the percentage of single-family residences, but population
 served and density determine these differences. Table 4-3 classifies the model
 communities. The population-served variable has four levels, and the population-density
 variable, three levels. Instead of using the 12 possible combinations of population served
 and population density, the study uses the 7 that are of most interest to the Agency.

          TABLE 4-3. CLASSIFICATION OF MODEL COMMUNITIES
Model
Community
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Population
Very Small
Very Small
Small
Small
Medium
High
High
Population Density
Low
Medium
Low
Medium
Medium
Medium
High
       The modeling framework is operational because specific values for the population
served and density variables were selected. The selection process involved several steps,
and, because the modeling of the planned MWCs in the economic impact analysis
excludes location, the steps for the existing and planned units differ slightly. Briefly, the
steps are the following:
       1. For every MWC, estimate the population served.
      2. For every existing MWC, determine the location (county, city, or Primary
         Metropolitan Statistical Area) of the catchment area.
      3. For every existing MWC, determine the density of the catchment area.
      4. Determine the ranges for the population-served and density classes.

                                        4-9

-------
        5.  For every existing MWC, use actual population served and catchment area
           density to assign the unit to the appropriate population-served and density
           classes.

        6.  For every planned MWC, use actual population served to assign the unit to the
           appropriate population-served class.
        7.  For every planned MWC, randomly assign the unit to either a medium or high
           density class.

        Most of these steps were complex aiid are described in the remainder of this
 subsection. The fifth and sixth steps were omitted because of their mechanical nature.

 4.2.1    Population Served

        Population served means the "full-garbage-equivalent" population served: the
 population served that results under the twin assumptions that all of someone's garbage
 goes to an MWC and that everyone sends his or her garbage to the MWC.  The crucial
 elements in the calculation of population served are the capacity utilization factor and the
 per capita generation of MSW.  The formula for calculating population served is:5

   Population Served = capacity * 2000 * capacity utilization factor/MSW generation   (4-1)

 The rationale for this formula is the equality between expected service demanded (total
 flow of MSW to the unit) and service provided, including an adjustment for desired
 excess capacity (design capacity times capacity utilization factor).

       Recall that the capacity of an MWC was obtained from either published surveys
 or the NSPS economic impact analysis. The actual capacity utilization factor for an
 existing MWC was used if the unit's owner reported it in a § 114 letter, if not, then a
 factor was assumed.  For the latter MWCs and for all planned MWCs, these capacity
 utilization factors were used:  mass burn—0.85, RDF and FBC—0.83, modular—0.82,
 unknown technology—0.83.6
5 ^^ Of ca^>yis tons P61" to^ *e capacity utilization factor is a number less than one; the unit of
  MSW generation is pounds per person per day.
6 The source of the factors is the NSPS economic impact analysis (p. xvi). The unknown technology class
  refers only to existing MWCs.
                                          4-10

-------
        This study uses 3.58 pounds per person per day for the generation rate.7 This rate
 is commonly cited and used for planning purposes. The Agency refers to it in the
 proposed standards for new MWCs. 8( A confidence interval for this point estimate is
 unavailable, which is unfortunate because estimates of MS W generation are subject to a
 large measurement error.9  For example, the results of the BioCycle 1989 survey of state
 recycling and composting indicate that the annual generation of MSW is between 268
 million and 270.5 million tons (Glenn, 1990, p. 48), implying a per capita rate of
 approximately six pounds per person. These estimates exceed Franklin Associates'
 estimate by almost 70 percent, although some (the amount is unknown) of the difference
 is due to different definitions of MSW. In view of the magnitude of these differences, it
 is important to discuss at the outset the effects on this investigation of using either another
 per capita generation rate or an alternative to the fuU-garbage-equivalent assumption.

        Changing the per capita generation rate will not change the estimates of the
 quantity of materials diverted from MWCs, but the change in cost is ambiguous because
 of opposite tendencies.  The formula (4-1) for population served implies that a change in
 per capita generation leads to an offsetting change in population served: for any given
 capacity, if the generation rate were to increase by 70 percent, the population served
 would decrease by 70 percent. The following formula shows that diversion would not
 change:
        *•  target *Waste ComP°sition Fraction * Participation Ratei * Capture Ratei *
        materials
        (1-Residual RateO)]  *  Per Capita Residual MSW * Population
(4-2)
       Apart from the national average per capita generation rate, another issue is the
assumption that all of someone's household MSW goes to an MWC.  If the MSW in a
community is delivered first to a transfer station and later sent to a landfill and an MWC,
then the full-garbage-equivalent assumption is incorrect. In this community,
distinguishing residents by disposal site is impossible.  Analytically, a fraction of each
resident's MSW goes to the MWC and the remainder to the landfill; the split depends on
the relative flows. If 70 percent were to go to the landfill and 30 percent to the MWC,
7 ^2lf** reference fpr ±is Pardcular rate of gross discards is Table 7 in Franklin Associates (1988,
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. December 20, 1989 Federal Register
* The figure is a soft, even spongy number" (Glenn 1990, p. 48).
                                         4-11

-------
 then the population served would be the entire population of the community, and, as
 regards the flow to the MWC, the per capita generation rate would be 30 percent of the
 average for the entire community.

       For the entire nation, the application of this alternative approach implies that the
 population served by all existing MWCs equals the national population less the
 population served exclusively by landfills.  The full-garbage-equivalent assumption used
 should imply a smaller population served.

       The preferred approach uses the full-garbage-equivalent assumption because the
 alternative requires tracking flows of MSW to every MWC and landfill community by
 community. The preferred approach is tractable.

 4.2.2    Location of the Catchment Area
       This study uses the 1988-89 version of the Resource Recovery Yearbook as an
 initial guide to the catchment areas of existing MWCs. The Yearbook specifies only one
 city, one county, several cities, or more than one county for the catchment area, but does
 not name them. The location of the MWC approximates the actual cities or counties
 included in the catchment areas.

       If the Yearbook states that only one city or one county comprises the catchment
 area for an MWC, the catchment area was defined in that manner.  If the Yearbook states
 that more than one city or county are included in the catchment area, however, Primary
 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (PMSAs) were used as a guide to the catchment area.

       If an MWC is in or near a PMSA, it is assumed that the MWC served that PMS A.
 The assumption satisfies the  several-city or  several-county catchment area specified by
 the Yearbook because PMSAs typically consist of more than one city and extend into
 multiple counties. If the MWC is not near a PMSA, and the catchment area described in
 the Yearbook consists of either several cities or more than one county, the catchment area
 was determined to be the county of the MWC. Although the catchment area for this
 MWC could lie in multiple counties, the other counties could not be determined.

4.2.3    Density
       Density affects participation rates in high population catchment areas (see
Table 2-8) and the cost of materials separation programs. The latter effect is due to
                                        4-12

-------
 differences in land and labor costs, the relative frequency of single-family households,10
 and collection efficiencies.11 Density is an indicator of these differences, but density per
 se is not a variable in the model used to estimate the costs of materials separation
 programs.

        The calculation of "density" divides the total population served12 in a catchment
 area by its land area. This measurement approximates, but is different from, the actual
 density of a catchment area. Actual density is unavailable because adequate information
 on catchment area is not available; consequently, a substitute is used.

 43.4    Population-Served and Density Classes
        The histograms of population served and density for existing MWCs were used to
 determine the ranges of the population and density classes.  The number of classes was
 decided in advance,13 and obvious breakpoints were not found. Ranges were chosen that
 were expected to possess both a good spread in the medians and enough MWCs to justify
 the class. However inexact the procedure, the results are  satisfactory.  Table 4-4
 describes the population and density classes.

 4.2.5    Assumed Density of Planned MWCs
       Planned MWCs were randomly assigned to medium and high density classes. The
 rationale is that planned MWCs are very unlikely to service low density catchment areas,
 while existing MWCs servicing medium and high density catchment areas are almost
 equally numerous (a pattern that is expected to continue).

 4.2.6    Summary

       Table 4-5 characterizes the model communities. This study estimates the cost of a
particular model materials separation program in a model  community by using a specific
population served: 7,000; 53,000;  164,000; or 462,000.14 The per capita
11 Si®     '     containers raaking UP a collection system vary with the type of residential unit
  The measure of collection efficiency is the number of households serviced per hour. It equals the
  product of stops per hour and households per stop. Collection efficiency varies across the urban
  suburban and rural regions within a catchment area; it also varies with the type of residential unit
  serviced (single-family or apartment house).
  When multiple MWCs service the same catchment area, the populations served were summed
" There are four classes for population and three for density
                                                 I000-
                                          4-13

-------
 TABLE 4-4. POPULATION SERVED AND DENSITY CLASSES: RANGES,
            MEDIANS, AND NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS
Population
Served Class
, Very Small
Small
Medium
High
Density Class
Low
Medium
High
Range

P^ 20,000
20,001 £ P <£ 100,000
100,001 £P£ 200,000
200,000 £P

D^400
401 ^D^ 800
801 ^D
Median

7,196
53,212
164,313
462,011

95
464
2,043
Number of MWCs

30
95
32
123

122a
35*
40*
 lumber of existing MWCs.
          TABLE 4-5. DESCRIPTION OF MODEL COMMUNITIES

Population Served
VS
s
M
H .
Range

P£ 20,000
20,001 <. 100,000
100,001 £P£ 200,000
200,001 


-------
 generation rate and density have already been discussed.  The additional characteristics of
 the model communities, namely the division of MS W generation between residential and
 other sources, and the relative frequency of single-family households, need discussion.

        The residential fraction of MSW was estimated using Westat's survey of
 municipal landfills (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1988b), under the
 assumption that "household wastes" and "commercial wastes" are MSW: 1 13.86 million
 tons and 58.17 million tons annually, respectively (Ibid., p. 7-3). These figures imply that
 66 percent of landfilled MSW is generated by residential sources. It is assumed that
 66 percent of all MSW, however disposed, is generated by residential  sources. Then,
 using Franklin Associates' estimate of total per capita generation (3.58 Ibs/person/day),
 66 percent or 2.37 Ibs/person/day of MSW is the residential rate.

        The housing parameters  were defined by surveying the information on housing
 reported in the County and City Data Book.  This reference gives the percentage of year-
 round housing units with five or more units, from which the percentage of single-family
 units is inferred as one minus the former statistic. Durham, North Carolina, was
 considered a typical medium density catchment area: single-family units (in 1980)
 accounted for approximately 74  percent (U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1988, p. 692).  This
 percentage was the anchor for selecting the percentages for the low and high density
 model communities:  90 percent and 55 percent, respectively. Evidence for the
 plausibility of these percentages  comes from a comparison with housing statistics in
 actual cities.15

 4.3    ASSIGNING MODEL PROGRAMS TO MODEL COMMUNITIES
       The proposed rule mandates a level of performance for a materials separation
 program and the  separation of certain materials, but these requirements together far from
 prescribe an acceptable program. The list of targeted materials is a loose constraint:
 given the conditions in secondary materials markets, any materials separation program for
 MSW would collect paper, beverage containers, etc.^ Owners of MWCs are free to
 choose most of the critical elements of design:
       • the point where materials separation occurs
       • the collection system
       • the materials recovery facility or recycling transfer facility
15 ^T^? «f °f sf Sle-family units in boroughs of New York range from 2.5 percent (Manhattan) to
  fff^9u^). ^ the figure for Seattle is 67 percent At the other extreme, the figure for
  Suffolk Virginia (125 persons/square mile) is 96 percent, and for Oak Ridge, Tennessee (324
16 V?5™5/**13™ mde> S4 Percent of units are single-family (U.S., Bureau of Census, 1988, .passim)
  The 10 percent cap on credit for yard waste appears to be a binding constraint (see Chapter 6).
                                         4-15

-------
        • the extent of post-collection processing
        • the buyer of secondary materials
        • the quality of promotional services
        • the incentives for household participation

        The above characteristics along with the smaller details, previously described in
 Chapter 2, ignore the issue of integrating the materials separation program with other
 components of a solid waste management system and the issue of coordination. Larger
 issues, which an owner could address in the selection of an optimal materials separation
 program, are the following:
        • geographical scope—which may allow combined programs to take advantage of
         technological economies of scale;
        • cooperative marketing—the benefits of which may be higher prices and more
         reliable sales;
        • waste reduction—which under the proposed rule is equivalent in effect to
         materials separation; and
        • optimal redesign of a planned MWC—which occurs through simultaneously
         selecting the size of an MWC and materials separation program.

       The final group of considerations relevant to the optimal selection of a program
 pertains to the dynamics of secondary materials markets.  These dynamics are important:
       • the initial decline in prices as supplies increase
       • future prices
       • price variability
       • technical standards for contamination of post-consumer materials

       Technical standards for contamination, by influencing post-collection processing,
 help determine the design of the processing facility.  The first three considerations will
 probably influence the financing of materials separation programs and thus also the
 selection of equipment for the collection system and processing facility. In addition,
 these considerations influence the attractiveness of strategies in adapting to market
 uncertainty17 and thereby influence price.

       Predicting responses to the proposed materials separation requirement is
challenging. Two alternative approaches can be used to make predictions: simulate the
relevant decision process or extrapolate from past trends.
17 Examples are buffer stocks and contracts between sellers and buyers of secondary materials.
                                         4-16

-------
        The first approach would simulate the decision of the MWC owner concerning
 how he or she will comply. The success of this approach depends on either surveying
 owners to elicit information on their intentions vis-a-vis the requirement, or justifying an
 analogy with past modeling of the behavior of this type of decision-maker. A survey was
 beyond the scope of this study. The second option for formally modeling the decision
 process was evaluated by reviewing Mathtech's econometric model of the choice between
 constructing a municipal solid waste landfill and constructing an MWC (Bentley and
 Spitz, 1988).  The model shows that cost is a determining factor, but not the only factor	
 the others are the educational level of the population served and the size of the
 manufacturing sector. Although the latter variables could serve as a proxy for land costs
 (Ibid., p. 17), they are in fact nonpecuniary variables and thus could serve as a proxy for
 variables that are significant in the political aspects of solid waste management.
 Nonpecuniary considerations  or political constraints are relevant to planning curbside
 recycling programs but could not be quantitatively studied at this time.

        Nonetheless, because costs are salient, one could attempt to approximate the
 decision process by assuming that only costs matter and that the decision-maker chooses
 the least costly option for compliance with the New Source Performance Standards or
 Emission Guidelines. *8  This description of decision-making in the context of solid waste
 management is difficult to justify. One observer, who is familiar with municipal planning
 because of his experience with rating municipal bonds, has remarked that "price and cost
 analysis of [recycling] programs of the local level appear not very sophisticated"
 (Medioli, 1990, p. 11). Decision theory also supports the view that minimization or
 global optimization is a misleading premise upon which to build a model of actual
 decision-making in complex and uncertain environments, such as solid waste
 management  As argued by Herbert Simon, people "satisfice."i9  "While economic man
 maximizes—selects the best alternative from among all those available to him; his cousin,
 whom we shall call administrative man,  satisfices—looks for a course of action that is
 satisfactory or 'good enough'" (Simon 1961, p. xxv). Also, actual people selectively
 attend to features of the environment, forming a mental representation that is a gross
 simplification.  A prediction of the outcome of an actual choice should be predicated on
knowledge of how the decision-maker is likely to perceive the opportunity set Although
J*Some way would also have to be found for justifying the delimitation of the opportunity set
          -      >r  .        to behayior m "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice" (Simon,
   1955) and Rational Choice and the Structure of the Environment" (Simon 1956)
                                         4-17

-------
 formal modeling of the decision process vis-a-vis compliance with the NSPS and EG
 could be very informative, it is unlikely to be successful at this time.

        Consequently, an alternative approach was employed, which hypothesizes that the
 pattern of materials separation programs in the near future resembles the current pattern.
 Over short periods of time continuity can be observed in the economy; factors that have
 led to current patterns of behavior reoccur in the near future.  The particular resemblance
 concerns the relative popularity of different curbside set-out methods.

        Recent surveys of recycling programs (see Chapter 2) contain information on set-
 out methods. They provide rough guidance on the proportions of different programs, but
 neither one randomly selected respondents.20 The lack of randomness in the sampling
 procedure is most evident in the Institute for Local Self Reliance survey, which selected
 respondents because of a program's success. Although calculating the percentage of
 programs that employ the same method is  possible with the survey, the percentage is not an
 estimate of the percentage in the population of all programs. The following pattern seems
 representative:
       • One-stream programs are very infrequent;
       • The frequency of multiple-stream programs declines with population-served
         and/or density; and
       • The frequency of two-stream programs increases with population-served and/or
         density.

       Table 4-6 presents one prediction of the relative frequency of the materials
 separation programs that the proposed rule will probably foster. All programs are either
 two- or multiple-stream. Only two-stream programs are assigned to high density
 communities. Multiple-stream programs are most frequent in low density communities.

       All 280 MWCs were randomly assigned to model programs to produce the
 assignment shown by Table 4-7. In each cell, the first upper figure is the total number of
 MWCs corresponding to that combination  of community and program, the upper figure in
parentheses is the number of planned MWCs, and the lower figure is the total population-
 served (before expansion of the catchment  areas of existing MWCs). Table 4-7 therefore
indicates the distribution of MWCs by program and community in the absence of
exclusions.
20This remark is not a criticism. It is an observation of a feature that affects the use of a survey.

                                         4-18

-------
        Table 4-8 indicates the distribution of MWCs by program and community after
  the exclusion of MWCs that either fall below the size cutoff (35 MgPD) or are located in
  an area in which baseline materials separation will be sufficient for compliance with the
  Agency's requirement. As explained in Chapter 2, these areas are Connecticut, the
  District of Columbia, Florida, Louisiana, Minnesota, North Carolina, New Jersey, Ohio,
  Virginia, and Washington. .The population indicated in this table is effective population,
  (Le., the population after expansion of a catchment area).21 One-hundred ninety three of
  280 MWCs remain after exclusion.

  TABLE 4-6.  PREDICTED CHOICE OF MATERIALS SEPARATION
              PROGRAMS, BY COMMUNITY TYPE (%)
 Multiple-stream

       Total
                                           Community
                                    (population-served/density)
Program Option
Two-stream
option 1
Two-stream
option 2
A
(VS/L)
0
20
B
(VS/M)
60
20
C
(S/L)
0
20
D
(S/M)
60
20
E
(M/M)
60
20
F
(H/M)
60
20
G
(H/H)
70
30
 80      20      80      20      20      20       0

100     100     100     100     100     100     100
21 TTie results reported in Chapter 6 are based on effective population.
                                       4-19

-------
1
§
^1
B
O


1
<
0
O
cu
>J
w
o

h^ ^~S
^2 ^2
sl
H5
Q J
WO
zz
O"
IS
82
i^
Q
Z
Z
_a
1^4
Q

^
O
1
a
fa
o
w
*A
TABLE 4-7. NUMI













*^^
**
»9
c

C-


Program Option
S8
o vo"
•^ w

06"

S s
^^ ON
^ VO
M

-------

po
                                    o o
        in  co
        w  £
oo
s
oC
        00  00
            oo
                         oo
          o   •
          - s
-
        l-H  M
                      «n
                         00
                                   
-------

-------
                                   CHAPTERS
     MARKET IMPACTS OF A MATERIALS SEPARATION REQUIREMENT

        Secondary materials of various kinds suitable for recycling are produced at several
 stages in manufacturing and consumption. "Prompt" scrap is pre-consumer scrap
 commonly recovered and recycled by producers during manufacturing processes as a way
 to reduce materials procurement and disposal costs. Some of this pre-consumer scrap
 enters formal secondary materials markets.  Other "prompt" scrap is simply reintroduced
 into the production process, frequently in the same facility where it is generated.

        Secondary materials are also present in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream.
 Currently, some of these materials are recycled back into new products, though most is
 simply disposed of through landfilling or incineration. A materials separation
 requirement will increase the quantities of secondary materials recovered from the MSW
 stream. The sale of these materials has the potential to offset some of the costs of the
 requirement The revenues earned from these sales are simply the quantities recovered
 times the prices received.

       Conventional economic reasoning argues that increases in the supply of a
 commodity will, holding all else constant, lower the commodity's price. This chapter
 examines the potential effect of a materials separation requirement on the price of each of
 the five post-consumer secondary materials: newspaper, glass containers, aluminum
 containers, steel containers, and plastic containers. Projected post-materials separation
 requirement secondary materials prices presented in this chapter are used in Chapter 6 to
 estimate the annuaKzed net cost of the materials separation requirement. These price
 reductions are important because, unless they are accounted for, sales revenues will be
 overstated and the costs of the materials separation requirement will be understated.

       Post-residential consumer secondary materials (hereafter secondary materials)
 may be collected from households as mixed MSW, commingled recyclables, or separated
.recyclables. The form in which they are collected influences in part the magnitude and
 distribution of the pecuniary costs of recycling.

       The recovery of secondary  materials from mixed MSW involves the removal of
 specific materials like glass and metal from ordinary MSW at a materials recovery
facility. This process imposes little recycling effort on consumers, but costs incurred at
                                     5-1

-------
 the facility per unit of recovered secondary material are relatively high because of the
 high degree of contamination.

        Commingled recyclables are normally produced by households who separate, for
 example, glass and aluminum from their household waste stream. The glass and
 aluminum in the commingled state are collected and transported to a recycling facility
 where they are then separated.  Commingled recycling involves more effort by
 households than ordinary MSW handling, but less pecuniary separating and recovery
 costs than mixed MSW handling.

        Separated recyclables are produced by households who separate individual
 recyclable materials. Materials such as paper, aluminum, ferrous cans, glass, and plastic
 that have been separated by consumers are less expensive to process down-stream
 because they are relatively uncontaminated. Indeed, glass is commonly sorted by color,
 and newspaper may be separated from other paper. The pecuniary unit-cost of processing
 a separated secondary material is generally lower than that of processing a mixed- or
 commingled-source secondary material.
                                               i
       As implied above, the preparation of secondary materials for market requires
 different technologies that depend in large part on the form in which they have been
 collected. Mixed MSW-handling facilities are complex, multi-process facilities with high
 operating and maintenance costs (relative to commingled and separated facilities). Mixed
 MSW-handling is reportedly unpopular in the United States due to a history of poor
 performance in the 1970's. Commingled and separated recyclables processing is
 relatively simple and inexpensive.

       The actual conversion of secondary materials into new products involves a wide
 range of industry-specific activities. For example, the processes involved in turning
 secondary newsprint into paperboard products are very different from those involved in
 turning secondary ferrous cans into new rolled steel products. Regardless of the industry
 or process, recycling at the "production level," where recycled material is combined with
 other inputs to produce a "final good," is not a costless process.  The resource user will
 choose between newly extracted resources and recycled resources on the basis of relative
 cost For example, since the unit price of silica sand is relatively low, cullet (waste glass)
prices must remain low to compete.  Glass manufacturers commonly have the flexibility
 to use as little as 10 percent and as much as 80 percent cullet in their silica-cullet mix and
will determine the mix largely based on relative prices.
                                      5-2

-------
 5.1    COMPARATIVE STATICS OF A MATERIALS SEPARATION
        REQUIREMENT
        Because recycling involves at least three genetically-different types of activities
 (collection, preparation, and manufacturing), clearly several or more markets might be
 affected by a materials separation requirement Conceptually, prices and quantities of
 many goods and services could change, if only slightly. Beverages, silica sand, bauxite,
 pulpwood, and iron ore are only some of the products whose prices and quantities could
 change as a result of a materials separation requirement This section describes
 qualitatively the expected directions and magnitudes of changes in prices and quantities
 of only a subset of those goods.

       Figure 5-1 is a competitive-market diagram illustrating some first-round effects of
 a materials separation requirement The diagram depicts a single secondary materials
 market, the market for recycled glass jars and bottles, old newsprint, recycled aluminum
 cans, recycled plastic containers, or recycled ferrous cans.  Currently some baseline
 (without materials separation requirement) derived demand curve (d) defines the quantity
 demanded of the secondary material per time period at various prices, other things held
 constant  The position and slope of the derived demand curve depend on demand
 conditions in one or more down-stream markets that buy the secondary material, the cost
 shares of the secondary material in producing those outputs, and the substitution potential
 between the secondary material, (e.g., recycled glass) and other inputs (e.g., silica sand) in
 the production of those outputs (e.g., glass).

       The baseline supply curve (s) defines the quantity of the secondary material
 supplied at various prices holding other things constant. In this context, its position and
 slope can be thought of as dependent on the number and characteristics of communities
 that currently recycle a particular secondary material. The supply curve is drawn
 intercepting the abscissa, which indicates that some positive quantity of secondary
 material is supplied to the market even at a zero or negative price. This conclusion is
 consistent with the observation that, in some communities, all of, or more than, the cost of
 secondary materials collection and preparation is offset by savings in ordinary municipal
refuse collection and disposal costs.
                                      5-3

-------
$/q
P'
P"
                            q    q'     q*
q/time
                 Secondary Materials Market

  Figure 5-1. Market Impacts of a Materials Separation Requirement
                             5-4

-------
        To examine the potential impacts of a materials separation requirement in this
 market, it is assumed (as a simplification) that none of the 193 MWC communities
 currently recycle a given secondary material. The baseline secondary materials supply
 curve (s) from the intercept to the baseline demand curve (d) is comprised of
 communities other than the 193 MWC communities. Under this assumption, a materials
 separation requirement mandates the recovery in 193 "new" communities of some
 fraction of municipal waste in the form of one or more secondary materials. This new,
 exogenous supply is depicted in Figure 5-1 as the perfectly vertical (inelastic) supply
 curve s'mwc, though this supply would probably not be completely insensitive to price as
 drawn.

        The new (with materials separation requirement) market supply curve (s') is the
 horizontal summation of the baseline supply curve (s) and the 193 MWC community
 supply curve (s'mwc). Given the stationary derived demand curve (d), the first-round
 equilibrium secondary material price and quantity is p1 and q1, respectively. Note that the
 new (with materials separation requirement) price is less than the baseline price, and that
 the new (with materials separation requirement) quantity is less than the simple, sum of
 the baseline quantity and this exogenous new quantity. As long as buyers and sellers of a
 secondary material are at all sensitive to price, a materials separation requirement-
 induced supply increase will lead to a reduction in price and  a net-increase in quantity
 less than the exogenous supply increase. Under these conditions, price must fall for the
 market to clear. Also under these conditions, the net-increase in quantity will be less than
 the exogenous increase in quantity because of "displacement"—the lower price will cause
 some marginal baseline recycling communities to recycle less.

       Three factors influence the degree (absolute or relative) of first-round impact on
 price and quantity: the size of the exogenous shift in supply, the slope of the baseline
 supply curve, and the slope of the baseline derived-demand curve.

       The exogenous supply shift is the quantity of "new" secondary material entering
 the market from the 193 MWC communities.  It will depend largely on the quantity
 already being supplied (at baseline) by these 193 communities and their responsiveness to
 the regulation.  All else being equal, greater exogenous shifts will result in lower
 equilibrium prices and greater equilibrium quantities.

       The slope of the baseline supply curve (s) also influences the equilibrium impacts
of a materials separation requirement. Given any downward-sloping derived demand
                                     5-5

-------
 curve (d) and exogenous supply shift (s'mwc), the flatter (more elastic) the supply curve,
 the less the impact of the shift on equilibrium price and quantity. The explanation lies in
 the reason behind the slope.  If the supply curve is relatively steep, the community
 recycling effort is relatively insensitive to the price of the secondary material. As price
 falls, marginal baseline recycling communities find it less profitable to recycle.  The less
 sensitive these communities are to price (the steeper the supply curve), the fewer the
 number of communities that will curtail recycling efforts. At one extreme, when supply
 is perfectly inelastic (vertical), the equilibrium output change is equivalent to the
 exogenous shift because no baseline recycled output is "displaced" by new recycled
 output. Toward the other extreme, when supply is very elastic (flat), even a small
 reduction in price will lead many communities to curtail recycling, causing the
 equilibrium "net" recycling output to be a little higher than at the baseline.

       Communities with baseline recycling programs will probably be reluctant to
 dismantle those programs,  even in the face of reduced secondary materials prices.
 Starting and stopping recycling programs is not costless, especially since a program's
 success depends so greatly on public participation, which takes time to foster. Two
 consequences of such an outcome are important. First, communities that continue to
 operate voluntary (or other mandatory) recycling programs at reduced secondary
 materials prices will do so at lower profits (or greater losses) than before. Second, the
 equilibrium secondary material price (p1) will be even lower than that depicted in
 Figure 5-1 if "unprofitable" programs are not curtailed. Indeed, if baseline recycling
 efforts continued unabated  after a materials separation requirement, the secondary
 material price would fall to p" (given derived demand curve d).

       Finally, the slope of the baseline demand curve (d) influences the equilibrium
 impacts of a materials separation requirement. Given any upward-sloping supply curve
 (s) and exogenous supply shift (s'mwc), the flatter (more elastic) the demand curve, the
 lower the impact on equilibrium price while the impact on equilibrium quantity will be
 greater. If the demand curve is relatively "steep," buyers of the secondary material are
relatively insensitive to price. As exogenous supply increases, the secondary material
price falls.  As price falls, buyers purchase little additional secondary material.
 Conversely, if buyers are very sensitive to price and demand is flat  (elastic)* even a small
reduction in price will lead  buyers to purchase significantly more secondary material

       The above  analysis is a single-period impacts analysis. As a single-period
analysis, a stationary baseline demand is  assumed. Suppose that in  the future demand for
                                      5-6

-------
  the secondary material increases from (d) to (d*). This increase might occur in the old
  newspaper market as new de-inking capacity comes on line, and/or as demand for paper
  increases.  Such a shift in derived demand effectively represents new buyers who
  "absorb" the additional supply forthcoming from new (MWC) communities and mitigate
  downward price impacts. In the special case drawn in Figure 5-1, the new equilibrium
.  price (p ) under the hypothetical future demand scenario is unchanged from the baseline
  price (p), and the new equilibrium quantity (q*) is the sum of the baseline quantity" (q)
  and the exogenous new supply. In this hypothetical inter-temporal analysis, price
  remains unchanged and quantity increases by the amount of the new supply forthcoming
  from MWC communities. More generally, a demand increase would lead to a post-
  materials separation requirement price higher than p' and a post-materials separation
  requirement quantity higher than q1, holding all else in Figure 5-1 constant.

        In addition, "displacement" of a different type may still occur under a materials
  separation requirement. In Figure 5-1, as derived demand shifts to the right along any
  upward-sloping stationary baseline supply curve, the secondary material price rises.  As
  depicted, the equilibrium price at the intersection of the baseline supply curve (s) and the
  hypothetical future demand curve (d*) is p**. At this higher price, more  communities
  would find it economical to recycle, and output would increase beyond q even in the
  absence of a materials separation requirement  With a materials separation requirement
  in place, price would not rise to p**, and some communities that would have voluntarily
  begun or expanded recycling efforts might no longer choose to. Instead, they would be
  "displaced" by the MWC communities. Possibly, some of the 193 MWC communities
  would be among the potential new entrants in the hypothetical future period so that the
  materials separation requirement is simply accelerating their recycling efforts.  If this is
  true though, the exogenous supply shift would be less  than depicted.

       A materials separation requirement would also influence other markets. An
 output market purchases a secondary material (e.g., recycled glass) along with additional
 other inputs (e.g., silica sand, labor, energy) to produce a final or "more final"
 intermediate good (e.g., glass).  Assuming there is some substitution potential between
 the secondary material and other inputs—as there is between recycled glass and cullet—a
 reduction in the price of the secondary material reduces the cost of producing the final
 output. If cost reductions are passed along to consumers, the quantity demanded of the
 final good increases.
                                      5-7

-------
        The anticipated impacts in two hypothetical "other" markets should be
 considered: the market for a close substitute for the secondary material (e.g., bauxite for
 aluminum cans, or silica sand for recycled glass), and the market for some other,
 essentially non-substitutable input (e.g., fuel).

        The signs as well as the magnitudes of price and quantity impacts in a substitute
 (primary materials) market are ambiguous. When the price of a secondary material (e.g.,
 recycled glass) falls, two opposing forces are at work in a market for a substitute product
 (e.g., silica sand). On the one hand, because the two inputs are substitutes, an increase in
 the utilization of the secondary material per unit output of the final good allows a
 reduction in the utilization of the primary material per unit output of the final good. Put
 differently, the substitution effect reduces demand and, generally, price for the primary
 input On the other hand, as explained above, a price reduction in the final good market
 leads to an increase in quantity demanded in the final good market As producers of the
 final good produce more output to satisfy demand, they require more inputs.  This result
 leads to an off-setting, positive output effect in the primary market Whether the net
 effect in the substitute primary market is "positive" or "negative" is a function of demand
 and supply elasticities, substitution elasticities, and cost shares.

       The signs, if not the magnitudes, of impacts in the market for a non-substitute
 input are relatively clear. A demand-induced increase in production in a final market
 prompted indirectly by a price reduction in a secondary material market will lead to a
 positive output effect in a market for some other, non-substitute input. Because there is
 no significant substitution effect to consider, the net effect is likely to be positive.
 Consequently, equilibrium prices and  quantities  in such markets will tend to rise as a
 result of a materials separation requirement
5.2
PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES OF MARKET IMPACTS OF A
MATERIALS SEPARATION REQUIREMENT
       The estimates to be presented here result from a single-period analysis. They
should be interpreted as preliminary estimates of equilibrium prices and quantities in each
secondary material market with and without a materials separation requirement. Demand
and supply shifts in these and related markets that might be expected to occur over time
are not modeled. If, for example, the demands for secondary materials are generally
increasing over time, they would tend to mitigate the projected price impacts of the
materials separation requirement.
                                     5-8

-------
        Also, the estimates result from an analysis that does not address potential
 interrelationships between secondary materials markets.  For example, in reality a
 baseline recycling community's decision whether, how, and what to recycle depends
 partly on prices of old paper, old aluminum cans, old glass, etc. The baseline supply
 functions (supply elasticities) used in this analysis are assumed to be stable in this regard,
 but in reality they probably are not.

        Tables 5-1 through 5-5 present price and quantity impact projections and the
 underlying parameter assumptions. The baseline quantity of each material is an estimate
 for 1990. The baseline price of each material is an estimate of the long-run equilibrium
 price in the absence of an MSR. Details on the estimates will be provided below. The
 elasticity of demand for post-consumer newspapers has been estimated by using Bingham
 and Chandran's (1990) model. Demand elasticities for the other four materials  are
 assumed to be more elastic, as will be described below. The elasticity of supply of post-
 consumer newspapers has been estimated by Bingham and Chandran (1990). The supply
 elasticities for the other secondary materials are identical by assumption. The estimates
 of net diversion reflect the model recycling programs and communities described in
 previous chapters in this report. They exclude (do not count) materials already being
 recycled in the nine states and the District of Columbia that already comply with the
 materials separation requirement.

 5.2.1    Post-Consumer Newspaper       .
       Table 5-1 presents model parameter assumptions arid impact projections in the
 post-consumer newspaper market.

       Franklin (1990) estimates that 4.4 million tons of old newspaper (ONP) were
 recovered for recycling in 1988. The estimate is adjusted upward to the 1990 estimate
 reported in Table 5-1 (5.371 million tons) using national waste paper consumption data
 reported in the June 1990 Survey of Current Business.

       Recycling Times (August 28,1990) shows prices for baled material in large
 quantities, relatively free of contamination, freight not included, which is realistically the
 commodity being sold by municipalities. Prices during the first two weeks of August
 1990 vary from -$40 to +$10 per ton, depending, on the region.

       The wastepaper Producer Price Index (PPI) has ranged from as low as 100 in 1982
to as high as 223.4 in 1984 (index 1982=100) (U. S. Department of Labor, Bureau of

                                     5-9       •;  >•     •  :•'       t

-------
 Labor Statistics, June 1990). The current PPI for wastepaper is 141.0. Recognizing the
 limitations that the PPI is calculated using mill prices paid to dealers (not prices paid by
 dealers to municipalities) and is for all waste paper (not just old newspaper), it can be
 used to estimate the price received by municipalities in 1984. Assume that municipalities
 currently receive an average of $5 per ton for newspaper (the range is $-40 to $+5 per
 ton). Adjusting the 1984 price to 1990 dollars using the GNP price deflator, the 1984
 price in 1990 dollars is $9.53.

       McEntee (1990) reports that in New Jersey dealers charge $20 to $40 per ton to
 bale, process, and deliver old newspaper to a mill. The same article shows that in January
 1985, loose (unbaled) old newspaper was about $5 per ton at the dealer's door in the New
 York city area. This figure allows us to estimate a mill price in the New York City area
 of $25 to $45 per ton (assuming the processing charge was about the same in 1985).

       Waste Age (March, 1989) charts mill buying prices of old newspaper in Chicago
 from 1970 to 1989.  It illustrates that "the market price for No. 1 news in June, 1988, was
 $45 per ton in the Chicago market This is the mill buying price for old newspapers. If
 the paper packer provides a roll-off container for a recycling center, or a paper drive, the
 price paid to the collector would be about $12 per ton." At the other extreme, "if the
 collection center is equipped to prepare bales, the price for brokered tonnage would be
 $42 to $42.50 per ton."

       Old newspaper prices have fluctuated greatly over time and across regions. Prices
 received by municipalities also apparently vary significantly depending on how they
 prepare the material for dealers. A range of $5 to $42 per ton received by municipalities
 for baled old newspaper is assumed as a long-run equilibrium price baseline, with a best
 estimate toward the lower end of the range: $10 per ton.

       A model of North American pulp, paper, and other related markets (Bingham  and
 Chandran, 1990); estimates that the long-run own-price demand elasticity for recycled
newspapers is -0.71.  Several reasons suggest that the demand elasticity for this good is in
fact inelastic.  The U. S. Congress Office of Technology Assessment (1989) reports that
most new newsprint producing capacity now under construction in the U.S. will use
virgin (not recycled) fiber.  The report also indicates the following:
       • world ONP supply is out-pacing demand;
       • export prices are soft and the potential for increases of exports to Europe is low;
                                     5-10

-------
        • users are concerned that "mandatory separation" ONP quality is low; and
        • ONP prices appear to be extremely sensitive to supply shifts.

        Further, the Bingham-Chandran model allows for the addition of de-inking
 capacity. If it did not, the demand elasticity would be even lower. Consequently, the
 demand elasticity employed in this analysis is -0.71.

        The projected best-estimate equilibrium price of post-consumer newspapers
 following implementation of the materials separation requirement is $9.35 per ton—
 6.5 percent below baseline.  Other impact estimates are presented in Table 5-1 as well.

 5.2.2    Post-Consumer Glass
        Table 5-2 presents model parameter assumptions and impact projections in the
 post-consumer glass market.

       Franklin (1990) estimates that 1.5 million tons of post-consumer glass bottles
 were recovered for recycling in 1988. The estimate is adjusted upward to the 1990
 estimate reported in Table 5-2—1.8 million  tons—based solely on a report that one of the
 nation's largest glass-recycling firms recycled 20 percent more glass in 1989 than in 1988
 (Powell, 1990). The estimate reported in Table 5-2 may be conservative.

       Recycling Times (August 28,1990) shows prices paid by dealers for used glass.
 Prices during the first two weeks of August 1990 vary from -$5 to +$100 per ton,
 depending on glass color and region. Across regions, $30 looks representative.

       Waste Age (March, 1989) reports that the market price for cullet in May, 1988,
 was approximately $40 per ton delivered to a glass plant and color sorted. The price
 received by municipalities has to be lower than $40 because this is the delivered price.
 This report is consistent with the $30 estimate described above.

      Recycling Today (July 16,1990) reports that BaU-Licon Glass Container
 Corporation, which has  12 plants across the country, pays from $50 to $90 per ton for
 recycled glass, depending on the region. These are also delivered prices.

      The same article in Recycling Today quotes a glass scrap dealer who reports that
prices paid by glass companies have fallen from $80 to $50 per ton.
                                     5-11

-------
       For this analysis, a range of $20 to $80 per ton received by municipalities for
 recycled glass containers is assumed as a baseline long-run equilibrium price, with a best
 estimate toward the lower end of the range: $30 per ton.

       No published estimates of the own-price demand elasticity for recycled glass
 containers are known to the authors. Several factors discussed in the U. S. Congress
 Office of Technology Assessment report (1989) suggest that the demand elasticity is
 higher (more elastic) than that for recycled old newspapers:
       • the current recycling rate for cullet is about 15 percent, but a cullet charge of 70
         to 80 percent is used in some glass-making facilities and a mix of 25 percent
         cullet is commonplace;
       • environmental regulations and aesthetic concerns about sand mining are
         restricting the extraction of the virgin material;
       • "curbside cullet" color separation has been good;
       • glass producers have publicly announced a desire to use more cullet; and
       • "glassphalt" is potentially a very good market.

       The own-price demand elasticity for cullet is subjectively assumed to be higher
 than that for old newspapers, and the value of -2.0 is assumed.

       The projected best-estimate equilibrium price of post-consumer glass following
 implementation of the materials separation requirement is $27 per ton—about 11 percent
 below baseline. Other impact estimates are presented in Table 5-2 as well.

 5.2.3    Post-Consumer Aluminum Used Beverage Containers
       Table 5-3 presents model parameter assumptions and impact estimates in the post-
 consumer aluminum used beverage container market.

       Powell (1990) estimates that 844 thousand tons of aluminum cans were recovered
in 1989, an increase of 12.2 percent over 1988. Assuming the same percentage increase
from 1989 to 1990, the 1990 baseline estimate is 947 thousand tons—reported in
Table 5-3.

      Recycling Times (August 28,1990) shows prices paid by processors for aluminum
used beverage containers. Prices  during the first two weeks of August 1990 vary from
                                     5-12

-------
 $440 to $880 per ton, depending on the region of the country. Across regions, $800 looks
 representative.

        A Producer Price Index exists for aluminum scrap. Given a 1982 index of 100.0,
 the index has been as high as 228.7 (in 1988) and as low as 127.5 (in 1985) in the last five
 years. The 1990 Producer Price Index for aluminum scrap is 172.8.

        Apotheker (1989) reports that the toll end price paid for truckload quantities of
 bailed aluminum UBCs has ranged from a low of $620 in June of 1985 to a high of about
 $1,400 in June of 1989 in nominal prices.  In 1990 dollars (using the GNP Implicit Price
 Deflator), these figures translate into a range of about $725 to $1,440. Dealers must pay
 municipalities less than the toll end price.  The article suggests that a "street price" of
 $540 per ton is consistent with a "toll price" of $840 per ton. Consequently, an estimated
 range for the "street price" of aluminum used beverage containers of $466 [(540/840)
 $725] to $926 [(540/840) $1,440] per ton can be derived.

       Powell (1990) reports that "American consumers and scrap dealers" received
 more than $900 million for 844 thousand tons of scrap aluminum cans in 1989. This
 figure translates into a price of $1,066 per ton in a year when scrap aluminum prices were
 high.

       For mis analysis, a range of $500 to $1,000 per ton received by municipalities for
 recycled aluminum used beverage containers is assumed as a baseline long-run
 equilibrium price, with a best estimate toward the upper end of the range:  $800 per ton..

       No known published estimates of the own-price demand elasticity for aluminum
 used beverage containers exist But information from the U. S. Congress Office of
Technology Assessment (1989), Powell (1990), and the U. S. Department of Labor
Bureau of Labor Statistics (June, 1990) suggests that the demand elasticity is high:
       • primary aluminum production is much more fuel intensive than aluminum
        production using recycled aluminum;
       • aluminum used beverage containers are easy for aluminum producers to use;
       • demand for used beverage containers is strong;
       • export demand for aluminum used beverage containers is strong; and
      • aluminum scrap prices are fairly stable over time, even in the face of increasing
        supplies of post-consumer materials.                                     5
                                    5-13

-------
        For these reasons, the elasticity is assumed to be still higher than that for. glass
 cullet A value of -4.0 is assumed in this analysis.

        The projected best-estimate equilibrium price of post-consumer aluminum
 beverage containers following implementation of the materials separation requirement is
 $793 per ton—about one percent below baseline. Other impact estimates are presented in
 Table 5-3 as well.

 5.2.4   Post-Consumer Steel Containers
        Table 5-4 presents model parameter assumptions and impact projections in the
 post-consumer steel can market

        Franklin (1990) reports that approximately 400 thousand tons of post-consumer
 steel containers were recovered for recycling in 1988. The 1988 estimate is adjusted
 upward to the 1990 estimate of 576 thousand tons based on a report that the recycling rate
 for steel food and beverage cans increased from 15 percent in 1988 to 21.6 percent in
 1989 (Powell, 1990).  The 1990 estimate may be conservative because it assumes the
 recycling rate in 1990 remained at the 1989 level.

       Recycling Times (August 28,1990) shows prices paid by processors for clean
 steel/tin cans.  Prices during the first two weeks of August 1990 vary from $45 to $104
• per ton, depending on the region of the country. Across regions, $70 per ton looks
 representative.

       The Producer Price Index for iron and steel scrap gives a 1982 index of 100.0, yet
 the index has been as high as 177.6 (in 1989) and as low as 112.2 (in 1985) in the last five
 years. The 1990 Producer Price Index for iron and steel scrap is 167.7.

       Prices of delivered iron and steel scrap are reported by the U. S.  Bureau of Mines
 (1990). Since  1985, scrap prices (in 1990 dollars) have ranged from as low as $74.64
 (1986) to as high as $104.18 (1988). The 1990  scrap price is $91.61.

       The ratio of the representative steel can processor price in 1990 ($70) to the
delivered steel scrap price in 1990 ($91.61) is 0.76. Applying this ratio  (assuming
constancy in recent years) to six-year low and high scrap prices, estimated low and high
steel can processor prices in 1990 dollars are $56.73 [0.76 * $74.64] and $79.18 [0.76 *
$104.18].
                                      5-14

-------
        For this analysis, a range of $55 to $80 per ton received by municipalities for
 recycled steel cans is assumed as a baseline long-ran equilibrium price, with a best
 estimate of $70.

        No known estimates of the own-price demand elasticity for post-consumer steel
 containers exist, but data reported by the U. S. Congress Office of Technology
 Assessment (1989) and the U. S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics (June,
 1990) suggest a high elasticity:

        • municipal solid waste scrap steel is mostly tin cans, which need to be de-tinned;
        • de-tinning companies de-tin cans to recover the tin, and de-tinning capacity is
         growing;

        • electric arc furnace (EAF) steel making facilities are major demanders of steel
         scrap, and EAF capacity is growing rapidly;
        • ferrous scrap export demand is strong; and
        • steel scrap prices have been fairly robust over time.

        The projected best-estimate equilibrium price of post-consumer steel following
 implementation of the materials separation requirement is $66 per ton—about 5.6 percent
 below baseline. Other impact estimates are presented in Table 5-4 as well.

 5.2.5    Post-Consumer Plastic Containers
       Table 5-5 presents model parameter assumptions and impact projections in the
 post-consumer plastic containers market.

       The 1990 baseline quantity of recycled plastic containers is the most difficult of
 the secondary materials to estimate. Franklin (1990) estimates that 100 thousand tons of
 post-consumer plastic containers were recycled in 1988. Market forecasters project a
 five- to ten-fold growth in this volume in the next five years alone (Basta and Johnson,
 1989). A Business Opportunity Report (Schlegel and Fuller, 1989) projects that 550
 thousand tons of plastic containers will be recycled in 1991—about a five-fold increase.
 The 1990 estimate reported in Table 5-5 subjectively assumes that the 1990 baseline
 recycled quantity is twice the 1988 estimate. The direction and magnitude of the bias is
 difficult to assess.

       Recycling Times (August 28,1990) shows prices paid to and by (a mixture)
processors for baled, color-sorted PET and HOPE.  Prices during the first two weeks of

                                     5-15                                  \

-------
 August 1990 vary from $0 to $200 per ton, depending on the region of the country.
 Across regions, $120 per ton looks representative.

       Other plastic scrap data are very scarce because this is such a new market, even
 relative to other secondary materials markets.

       Recycling Today (April 15,1990) reports that "the demand for plastic household
 bottles and jugs is strong and growing" and that "companies are building new plants to
 reclaim plastics and demanding more materials from sources."

       For this analysis, because there is so little historical data to rely on, a relatively
 wide range of $50 to $250 per ton received by municipalities for recycled plastic bottles
 and jugs is assumed as a baseline long-run equilibrium price, and today's prevailing price
 of $120 is the best estimate because it is near the middle of the range.

       Estimates of the own-price demand elasticity for recycled plastic containers do not
 exist The U. S. Congress Office of Technology Assessment (1989) reports that "lack of
 collection is a major barrier to the recycling of plastics" and that "market studies for PET
 and HOPE (the two main constituents of consumer plastics) show enormous potential."

       Recycling Today (April 15,1990) reports that demand for recycled plastics is out-
 pacing supply and that new products manufactured from recycled plastics are being
 developed. The source also reports that companies are building new plastic reclamation
 plants and that Wellman, the largest recycler of PET in the U.S., has a "tremendous
 appetite" for more post-consumer plastic.

       For these reasons, the demand elasticity is assumed to be the same as that for steel
 and aluminum containers, -4.0.

      . The projected best-estimate equilibrium price of post-consumer plastic following
implementation of the materials separation requirement is $86 per ton—about 28 percent
below baseline. Other impact estimates are presented in Table 5-5 as well.
                                     5-16

-------
 TABLE 5-1.  MSR IMPACTS ESTIMATES: POST-CONSUMER NEWSPAPER
             MARKET
 Parameters:
 Results:
 Baseline Quantity (103 tons):
 Baseline Price ($/ton):
 Elasticity of Demand:
 Elasticity of Supply:
 Net Diversion (103 tons):

 Post-MSR Price ($/ton):
 Price Change:
 Post-MSR Quantity (103 tons):
 Quantity Change (103 tons):
 5,371
 $5 to $42 ($10 best estimate)
 -0.71
 1.6
 805 (15% of baseline)

 $4.68 to $39.27 ($9.35 best estimate)
 (-6.5%)
 5,618
 +247 (+4.6%)
TABLE 5-2. MSR IMPACTS ESTIMATES: POST-CONSUMER GLASS
            MARKET
Parameters:
Results:
Baseline Quantity (103 tons):
Baseline Price ($/ton):
Elasticity of Demand:
Elasticity of Supply:
Net Diversion (103 tons):

Post-MSR Price ($/ton):
Price Change:
Post-MSR Quantity (103 tons):
Quantity Change (103 tons):
 1,800
 $20 to $80 ($30 best estimate)
 -2.0
 1.6
 714 (40% of baseline)

 $18 to $71 ($27 best estimate)
 (-11%)
2,197
+397 (+22)
                                  5-17

-------
 TABLE 5-3.  MSR IMPACTS ESTIMATES: POST-CONSUMER ALUMINUM
             MARKET
 Parameters:   Baseline Quantity (103 tons):
              Baseline Price ($/ton):
              Elasticity of Demand:
              Elasticity of Supply:
              Net Diversion (103 tons):

 Results:       Post-MSR Price ($/ton):
              Price Change:
              Post-MSR Quantity (103 tons):
              Quantity Change (103 tons):
                            947
                            $500 to $1,000 ($800 best estimate)
                            -4.0
                            1.6
                            47 (5% of baseline)

                            $495 to $991 ($793 best estimate)
                            (-0.9%)
                            981
                            +34 (+3.5%)
TABLE 5-4. MSR IMPACTS ESTIMATES: POST-CONSUMER STEEL
            MARKET
Parameters:
Results:
Baseline Quantity (103 tons):
Baseline Price ($/ton):
Elasticity of Demand:
Elasticity of Supply:
Net Diversion (103 tons):

Post-MSR Price ($/ton):
Price Change:
Post-MSR Quantity (103 tons):
Quantity Change (103 tons):
576
$55 to $80 ($70 best estimate)
-4.0
1.6
180 (31% of baseline)

$52 to $76 ($66 best estimate)
(-5.6%)
704
+128 (+22%)
                                 5-18

-------
TABLE 5-5. MSR IMPACTS ESTIMATES:  POST-CONSUMER PLASTIC
            MARKET
Parameters:
Results:
Baseline Quantity (103 tons):
Baseline Price ($/ton):
Elasticity of Demand:
Elasticity of Supply:
Net Diversion (103 tons):

Post-MSR Price ($/ton):
Price Change:
Post-MSR Quantity (103 tons):
Quantity Change (103 tons):
200
$50 to $250 ($120 best estimate)
-4.0
1.6
311(156% of baseline)

$36 to $180 ($86 best estimate)
(-28%)
422
+222 (+111%)
                                 5-19

-------

-------
                                   CHAPTER 6
    NATIONAL MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS AND TOTAL DIVERSION

        The net cost of the materials separation requirement equals the sum of capital
 costs and operating and maintenance costs of separation (recycling in this study) minus
 the credit for downsizing planned municipal waste combustors, avoided landfill costs,
 avoided garbage collection costs, and revenues from the sale of diverted materials. Two
 estimates of net costs are presented (see Table 6-1).

        The net cost of the materials separation requirement may be as low as -86 million
 dollars (annualized), i.e., a savings, or as high as 367 million dollars (annualized).
 Obviously the estimates describe a range, but neither estimate was made with the
 intention of finding an extreme.

        Chapters 3 and 5 describe in detail the differences in. assumptions underlying the
 two estimates of net cost, but a summary will be helpful here. Four components of net
 cost differ:  total separation, avoided landfilling, avoided garbage collection, and revenue.

        1) The category of cost labeled 'Total Separation" refers to the annualized capital
 and operating costs of collection systems, materials recovery facilities, recycling transfer
 facilities, and centralized composting facilities.  This category also includes the cost of
 administration.  The difference in 'Total Separation" cost is due to the difference in
 administrative effort: the higher cost reflects the addition of staff whose purpose is to
 demonstrate compliance with the New Source Performance Standards and Emission
 Guidelines.

       2) The difference in the two estimates of avoided landfill cost is due to different
 estimates of the unit cost of landfilling ($45.65/Mg or $22.31/Mg). The greater unit cost
 is the result of averaging two different weighted average costs of landfilling (one
 weighted by daily throughput capacity, the other weighted by landfill type). The lesser
 unit cost ($22.31.Mg) is the result of statistically analyzing the relationship between
 landfill size and cost

      3) The avoided garbage collection cost is either $269 million or $86 million. The
 greater estimate results from modeling garbage collection with and without recycling in
high population/high density, medium population/medium density, and very small
population/low density communities. The lesser estimate results from applying the
statistical analysis of garbage collection costs conducted by Savas and Stevens (1978).

                                      6-1

-------
       4) The last source of difference in net cost is the revenue obtained from the sale of
 old newspapers and steel, aluminum, glass, and plastic containers (see Tables 6-2 and
 6-3). As discussed in Chapter 5, the new price of a secondary material depends on the
 baseline price (among other things). The greater estimate of total revenue reflects the
 assumption of greater baseline prices, hence, greater post-separation prices.

       Appendix E presents the results of several sensitivity analyses. Table E-6
 identifies the net cost of materials separation when all MWCs larger than 35 MgPD
 capacity are included (the results presented in this chapter reflect the exclusion of MWCs
 in certain areas of the country). Table E-7 reflects the exclusion of MWCs below 100
 MgPD capacity. Table E-8 identifies the net cost of materials separation under the
 assumption that all model programs include a composting program in which householders
 set out bagged yard waste and leaves, the bags are collected by a paid collection crew,
 and the community operates a centralized composting facility (the results presented in
 this chapter reflect a mix of backyard and centralized composting programs).
 TABLE 6-1. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS, AVOIDED COSTS, AND
             REVENUES FOR MWCS AT LEAST 35 MEGAGRAMS PER DAY
             CAPACITY3
                                Estimate One
                Estimate Two
 (annualized millions of dollars)
 Total Separation
 Downsizing
 Avoided Landfilling
 Avoided Garbage Collection
 Materials Separation Revenue
 Total
$565
 ($90)
($1.61)
($131)
($269)
 ($86)
$657
 ($90)
 ($82)
 ($32)
 ($86)
$367
•(annualized $ per Mg)
 $ Per Mg Collected
 $ Per Mg Combusted
 ($15)
  ($3)
 $65
 $11
 a There are 280 existing and planned MWCs.  Of these, 66 are in CT, DC, FL, LA, MN,
  NC, NJ, OH, VA, and WA, and they are excluded from the analysis. Of the remaining
  214,  21 are below the size cutoff, leaving 193 in the analysis.
                                     6-2
         »  I '.

-------
 TABLE 6-2.  NET QUANTITIES DIVERTED, PRICES, AND REVENUES FOR
           ESTIMATE ONE



Newspaper
Glass
Aluminum
Ferrous containers
Plastic
Total

Net Diversion
(Mg/Yr)
1,090,404
744,606
75,980
189,950
323,980

Diverted Materials
High Price
($/Mg)
43.30
78.28
1,092.58
83.79
198.45

TABLE 6-3. NET QUANTITIES DIVERTED, PRICES, AND
ESTIMATE TWO



Newspaper
Glass
Aluminum
Ferrous containers
Plastic
.
Net Diversion
(Mg/Yr)
1,090,404
744,606
75,980
189,950
323,980
Diverted Materials
Low Price
($/Mg)
5.16
19.85
545.74
57.33
39.69

Revenues
($)
47,214,486
58,287,739
83,014,425
15,915,948
64,293,900
$268,726,498
=======
REVENUES FOR

Revenues
($)
5,626,484
14,780,424
41,465,423
10,889,859
. 12,858,780
Total
                                                $85,620,971
                            6-3

-------

-------
                                  REFERENCES
 Man, Theresa; Brenda Platband David Morris. 1989. Beyond 25 Percent:  Materials Recovery
      Comes of Age. Washington, DC: The Institute for Local Self-Reliance.

 Alter, H. and W.R. Reeves. 1975. Specifications for Materials Recovered from Municipal
      Rquse.  Report prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Washington DO
      The National Center for Resource Recovery, Inc.                              '

 Aluminum Company of America (ALCOA). 1989a. Alcoa Recycling 1985 Update. Pittsburgh
      PA: Aluminum Company of America.                                        5

 Aluminum Company of America (ALCOA). 1989b. Aluminum Beverage Can Recycling
      Booklet, Pittsburgh, PA: Aluminum Company of America.

 Alummuni Company of America (ALCOA).  1989c. Aluminum Cans Make Sense. Booklet,
      Pittsburgh, PA: Aluminum Company of America.

 Alummum Company of America (ALCOA).  1989A Our Best Rigid Container Sheet. Booklet,
      Pittsburgh, PA: Aluminum Company of America.

 Alummum Company of America (ALCOA).  1989e. Recycling: If s Nature's Way. Booklet
      Pittsburgh, PA: Aluminum Company of America.

 American Paper Institute, Inc. Paper Recycling and Its Role in Solid Waste Management
      YOTkf NY^         PaPCr Recycling Committee of the American Paper Institute, New


      5:S£!; £™Jw*lN% W™Not: State and Federal Roles in Source Reduction and
     Recycling of Solid Waste. Washington, DC: Northeast-Midwest Institute.

                      "Aluminum: ^ Times MQ Changing." Resource Recycling





                              1989* "PlasticsRecyclinS Kcks Up Momentum."

         Iaylfr?-^dRT?V-Shandran- 199°- "The Old Newspapers Problem: Benefit-
     Cost Analysis of a Marketable Permit Policy."  Report prepared for the US Envkonmental
     Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC: Research Triangl
                                199a "^ Bicycle Guide to CoUecting, Processing and
                              ^ ±Q SpeClal Rep°rt °n Materfals Recove& Facilities/'
City Currents.  October, 1989. Vol. 8, No. 3. Published by U. S. Conference of Mayors.

                                      R-i     ;  L       ; :    '   ; :

-------
 Commonwealth of Virginia, Department of Waste Management 1989. "Virginia Recycling
      Grants Awarded." Grant information package from Mary Clark German, Richmond, VA.

 Curlee, T. R. 1989. Source Reduction and Recycling as Municipal Waste Management Options:
      An Overview of Government Actions. Report prepared for the EPA Environmental Source
      Reduction and Recycling Meeting. Oak Ridge, TN: Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

 Darnay, Arsen and William E. Franklin. 1972. Salvage Markets for Materials in Solid Wastes.
      Report prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Kansas City, Missouri:
      Midwest Research Institute.

 Environmental Protection Agency.  1989.  Economic Impact of Air Pollutant Emission Standards
     for New Municipal Waste Combustors.  Report prepared by Research Triangle Institute
      EPA/450-3-89-006.

 Franklin Associates, Ltd. 1988. Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste in the United States,
      1980 to 2000. Final report prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
      of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

 Franklin Associates, Ltd. 1989. Markets for Selected Postconsumer Waste Paper Grades. Draft
      report prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No
      68-01-7310.

 Franklin, William E.; Marjorie A. Franklin; and Robert G. Hunt 1982.  Waste Paper: The
     Future of a Resource, 1980-2000. Report prepared for The Solid Waste Council of the
     Paper Industry. Prairie Village, KS:  Franklin Associates, Ltd.

 Furukawa, Tsukasa.  1985. "Japanese Aluminum Imports from U.S. Are Under Study "
     American Metal Market 16:7.

 Glenn, Jim. 1990. "The State of Garbage in America." Biocycle (April):34-41.

 Gold, Allan. 1990. "Confronting the Rising Cost of Recycling." New York Times  October
      JL<3«^£*

 Hill and Knowlton. 1990. Facts About Solid Waste, Recycling, and the Paper Industry Press
     Release.

 JACA Corporation. 1977a, "Aluminum Industry." In Barriers to the Use of Secondary Metals
     Report prepared for the Bureau of Mines. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing
     Office.

 JACA Corporation. 1977b. "Barriers to the Use of Secondary Metals."  In Barriers to the Use of
     Secondary Metals. Report prepared for the Bureau of Mines. Washington, DC: US
     Government Printing Office.

 Just, Richard E.; Hueth, Darrell L.; and Schmitz, Andrew. 1982. Applied Welfare Economics
     and Public Policy. Englewood Cliff s, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.

Jeyasingam, Thampoe.  1982. Production of Newsprint from Waste Paper in North America
     Report prepared for the United Nations Industrial Development Organization.

Keller, Richard.  1988.  "Building Markets for Recyclables: Government Procurement Facts "
     Waste Age July:38-42.

Keller, Richard.  1989.  Creating Recycling Markets: What Congress Can Do To Help
     Transcript from Environmental and Energy Study Institute Seminan    ...
                                        R-2

-------
 Kirkpatric, George. 1988. "What Florida's Legislators Have Wrought." Waste Age October:
 Kovacs, William L. 1988. "The Coming Era of Conservation and Industrial Utilization of
      Recyclable Materials." Ecology Law Quarterly. 15(4):537-625.

 Kovacs, William L. 1989. Creating Recycling Markets:  What Congress Can Do To Help.
      Transcript from Environmental and Energy Study Institute Seminar.

 Kusik, CJL. and CB. Kenahan. 1978.  "Aluminum." In Energy Use Patterns for Metal
      Recycling. U.S. Department of Interior circular 8781.

 Mathias, Scott. August 15, 1990. Memorandum. To Tom Walton, U. S. Environmental
      Protection Agency.


 McEntee, Ken. 1990. "Paper-Makers Pushed to Do More Recycling." Recycling Today
      February 15:120-128.


 Medioli, Alfred. 1990. "Rating Solid Waste Disposal Debt." Paper presented at the Fourth
      Annual National Symposium on Solid Waste Disposal and Energy Production. Orlando
      FL, January 22-23.                                                           '


 Minnesota Project 1987. Case Studies in Rural Solid Waste Recycling.  Report prepared for
      The Ford Foundation. November.


 Morris, Glenn E. and Holthausen, Duncan M. Jr. 1990. "The Economics of Household Solid
      Waste Generation and Disposal." Working paper. Research Triangle Park, NC: Research
      Triangle Institute.


 Morris, Glenn E.; Brenda L. Jellicorse; Katherine B. Heller, P. Timothy Neely; and Taylef H
      Bingham. 1989. 'Economic Impact of Air Pollutant Emission Standards for New
      Municipal Waste Combustors." Final report prepared for the U.S. Environmental
      Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC: Research Triangle Institute.

 Mullet, Clare.  1989. "ONP Facts and Realities."  Waste Age Novemben32-34.

 Natiomd  Polystyrene Recycling Company. 1990.  Information/Promotion Packet.  Washington,



 National  Solid Wastes Management Association. 1989. "Recycling in the States " Waste
     Alternatives/Reduction and Recycling. Waste Recyclers Council Information Packet No 2
      Washington, DC. p. 27.                                                       '  '
                                 '              Old Newspaper Supply in the Northeast
     United States. The Council of State Governments, Eastern Regional Conference.


                               1988< "Devel°PmSARecycling Processing Center." Waste


Papke, Chuck.  1983. "New Products From Glass Gullet." Resource Recycling 2(4): 12-15,46.

Paul, Bill. 1989.  "For Recyclers, the News Is Looking Bad." The Wall Street Journal,  •
     August j l , p. 13 In.


Pettit, C. L. 1989 . "Tip Fees Up More Than 30% In Annual NSWMA Survey." Waste Ase
     March: 101-106.                                                       •  °
                                        R-3

-------
 Phoenix Quarterly. "The Amazing All-Aluminum Can." 21(2):8-11.
 Powell, Jerry. 1990.  "How Are We Doing? The 1989 Report." Resource Recycling May:34-37.
 Price Waterhouse. 1988. Newsprint Cost Study, 1983-1987.  Report prepared for the Newsprint
     Subcommittee of the Forest Sector Advisory Council.
 Radian Corporation.  1990. Materials Separation Report for Municipal Waste Combustors.
     Draft report prepared for the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract
  .   Number 68-02-4378.
 Recycling Times. 1989. "Recycling in the States." December 19:26-27.
 Recycling Times. 1990. "The Markets Page." Washington, DC: Waste Age. August:5.
 Recycling Today. 1990. "Glass Recycling Continues Popularity with Consumers."
     July 16:68-72.
 Recycling Today. 1990. "Supplies Can't Meet Demand Bottled Up for Plastics."
     April 15:70-74.
 Research Triangle Institute. 1989. "The Effects of Weight- or Volume-Based Pricing on Solid
     Waste Management" Draft report prepared for the U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency under EPA Contract Number 68-01-7290.
 Resource Recovery Yearbook. 1988-89. Eileen Berenyi and Robert Gould, eds., Washington DC:
     Governmental Advisory Associates, Inc.
 Resource Recycling. 1983. "PET Plastic Recovery." 2(1): 17-19,35.
 Rogers, Jack K. 1988. "Recycling Grows Up: Where It's Headed." Plastics Technology
     December:50-56.                                                       **
 Savas, E. S. and Barbara J. Stevens. 1978.  Evaluating Residential Refuse Collection Costs • A
     Workbook for Local Government.
 Schlegel, John A. and E. E. Fuller. 1989. "Plastic Package Recycling: The Challenges and
     Opportunities."  Norwalk, Connecticut: International Plastics Consultants.
 Schloemann, Ernst  1982. "Eddy-Current Techniques for Segregating Nonferrous Metals from
     Waste." Conservation and Recycling 5(2/3): 149-162.
 Siberg, Steven.  1982. "Recycling Techniques for Separation of Scrap Aluminum." Scran Age
     August: 180-184.                                     .                   ^  6
 Simon, Herbert A. 1955. "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice." Quarterly Journal of
     Economics  February:99-118.
 Simon, Herbert A. 1956. "Rational Choice and the Structure of the Environment"
     Psychological Review April: 129-138.
Simon, Herbert A. 1961. Administrative Behavior.  2d ed. with a foreword by Chester I
     Barnard. New York: Macmillan.
Snow, Darlene.  1989. 'Trends in Collecting Recyclables." Waste Alternatives/Reduction and
     ^cycling. Waste Recyclers Council Information Packet No 2, Washington, DC: National
     Solid Wastes Management Association, p. 58.
                                        R-4

-------
 Solid Waste Report .1989. "Aluminum Recycling Plant Opens in Morgantown, Kentucky "
      November 27:374.
 Solid Waste Report 1990a. "Minnesota Awards $4 Million in Grants for Garbage Composting
      Projects.  21(19): 154.                                                        &
 Solid Waste Report. 19905. . "Pennsylvania to Award Environmental Technology Funds for
      Recycling.  21(15): 1 17.
 SoMWasaeRmon. 1990c. "Illinois to Award $1.25 Million in Recycling Grants to Cities."
           ): i lu.
 SWM Waste Report. 1990d. "Missouri Awards Recycling Grants to Municipalities." 21(9):69.
 Solid Waste Report. 1990e. "Current State Recycling Initiatives Marked by Innovative
      Approaches.  21(2): 11.
 Stevens, Barbara J. 1978. "Scale, Market Structure, and the Cost of Refuse Collection." The
     Review of Economics and Statistics 60(3):438-448.
 Taylor Alison C. and Richard M.Kashmanian. 1988. "Study and Assessment of Eight Yard
     Waste Composting Programs Across the United States." Project funded by U S
     Environmental Protection Agency through Fellowship Number U-913010-01-0.' Office of
     Policy, Planning and Evaluation, Washington, DC.
                                                            Washington, DC: U.S.
 U.S. Bureau of Mines.  1990. Mineral Commodity Summaries: 1990.  Washington, DC.
                                                             Washington, DC: U.S.
U'S*
                                ,-  1989' Fadng America's Trash: What
                        id Waste? Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
                                  °f Ec°n0mic A113^8-  1990.  Survey of Current
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. 1989. Consumer Expenditure Survey
     Integrated Survey Data, 1984-1986.  Bulletin 2333.              wnuuure survey.
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. 1990. Producer Prices and Price Indexes,
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Office of Solid Waste. 1988a. Characterization
     WuS!££ DC          ^ UnitedStates WO-2000.  Update. EPA/530^E-88 033
             n
                                 '  1988b' National Survey °f Solid Waste (Municipal)
                D5"      reP01t prepared by Westat' Iac' EPA/530-SW88-034.
    m-eoo^^^^  1988c- The Solid Waste
    Dilemma. An Agenda for Action. Appendices A-B-C.  PB88-251145. Washington,' D.G
                                       R-5

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Solid Waste, 1989a. Recycling Works: State
     and Local Solutions to Solid Waste Management Problems. EPA/530-SW-89-014
     Washington, DC.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Solid Waste. 1989b. The Solid Waste
     Dilemma: An Agenda for Action.  EPA/530-SW-89-019. Washington, DC.

Waird, Mary. "Recyclables Seen As Valuable." Recycling Times, December 19,1990.

Wall Street Journal. 1990 "It Sounds Like Rubbish, But They Need Trash." April 18, p. B1.

Wall Street Journal. 1990. "Think of Them as Your New Home... Think Recycle."
     Advertisement by Huntsman Chemical Corporation, February 13, p. A13.

Waste Age. 1989. "Building Markets for Recyclables." March:44-196.

Waste Age. 1989. "Waste Age 1989 Refuse and Incineration Refuse-to-Energy Listings "
     November: 169-182.

Water and Waste Treatment Journal.  1980. "Glass Recycling:  A Commitment for the '80s "
     23(l):38ff.
                                       R-6

-------
       APPENDIX A: LEGISLATION AND PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES

        This appendix highlights state and national recycling legislation and procurement
 guidelines that have been developed to stimulate demand for recyclables and avoid
 market place gluts.

        State legislatures have recently passed or introduced numerous pieces of
 legislation concerning recycling.  To help set the direction for local solid waste
 management, some states are developing comprehensive waste management strategies.
 In addition, some states are addressing local conditions and needs by sponsoring a range
 of complementary programs, including funding pilot demonstration projects, awarding
 technical assistance grants, and providing economic incentives.

       At the regional level, states are grouping themselves into economic regions by
 creating interstate compacts. For example, several northeastern states have joined
 together to promote recycling. The June 1988 issue of Waste Age reports that
         The coalition of Northeastern Governors (CONEG) is advocating a coordinated
        .comprehensive, solid waste management policy incorporating source reduction
         and recycling, refuse-to-energy, and landfilling (Curlee, 1989, p. 8).
       By acting as an economic region, states in compacts can tackle issues such as
 developing long-term uses for  the materials recovered from the solid waste stream and
 promoting consumer acceptance of products made from such materials. Working
 together as a region changes the nature of the relationship between states from market
 competition (where each state seeks to unloadits own recovered materials) to one of
 cooperation (where states work together to develop a market for all the materials
 generated in the region). Compacts also enable states to pool resources for research and
 development projects and joint ventures (Kovacs, 1988).

       The federal government's role in promoting recycling includes establishing
 procurement guidelines for purchasing items containing recovered materials, providing
 technical assistance to states, funding research and development projects on the uses of
recovered materials, and supporting recycling and use of recovered materials with federal
 tax incentive policies.

A.1    STATE SUMMARY
       Recent nationwide surveys indicate that fifteen states, including the District of
Columbia, have enacted mandatory comprehensive recycling laws that set minimum
                                     A-l
a 5

-------
 requirements for local solid waste management plans (see Table A-l). Several statewide
 laws set goals for recycling at 25 percent (although the goals range from 10 percent to 50
 percent).  For example, California and Washington have mandated a 50 percent recycling
 goal, while Delaware and Wisconsin have a 10 percent goal. Some state recycling laws
 have strong economic measures that take effect if the goals are not met (Curlee, 1989). -

       Some states mandate local government and citizen participation in collection
 efforts. For example, New Jersey, Rhode Island, Washington, Connecticut, New York,
 the District of Columbia, and Pennsylvania mandate that citizens and businesses source-
 separate "designated" recyclables. In Maine, source separation requirements apply only
 to offices (NSWMA, 1989).  New Jersey's 1987 "Mandatory Recycling Act" requires
 that
       • local governments design their own programs,
       • county recycling plans identify how recyclables are to be processed and
         marketed, and
       • households separate at least three materials (to be selected by the local
         governments).

 The Act gave municipalities until 1989 to achieve a recovery rate of 25 percent. The state
 provided $8 million in start-up aid to municipalities (Curlee, 1989).

       Some states require local jurisdictions to offer or provide recycling as an option to
 households. Oregon, one of the first states to promote recycling, enacted an "Opportunity
 to Recycle" Law in 1983 that requires municipalities with populations over 4,000 to
 provide recycling drop-off centers and offer curbside collection of recyclables at least
 once per month. Household participation is voluntary (Curlee, 1989).

       Minnesota, Oregon, Ohio, North Carolina, Washington, Wisconsin, and Hawaii
 mandate that local governments provide curbside  collection service in certain
 communities (NSWMA, 1989 and Glenn, 1990).  Meeting mandatory recycling goals is
 often linked to permitting new disposal capacity and financing solid waste management
programs. For example, Maryland will not issue a permit to install or alter an incinerator
unless the host county has submitted a state-approved recycling plan (Snow, 1989).

       Florida enacted solid waste legislation in 1988 designed to change people's solid
waste management habits, provide incentives for recycling, protect the environment,
                                      A-2

-------
stimulate recycling markets, and conserve landfill space and waste-to-energy capacity.
During fiscal year 1988-89, Honda appropriated $28.7 million for local recycling
                                     A-3

-------
           TABLE A-l. STATE COMPREHENSIVE RECYCLING LAWS
State
California
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
New Jersey
New York
North Carolina
Ohio
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Recycling
Goal8
50%by2000b
25% by 1991
10% by "1994
35% by 1994
30% by 1995
25% c by 2000
25% by 1992
50% by 2000
25% by 1992
50% by 1994
20% by 1994 f
38% by 2000
20-30% by 2005
25% by 1993
35% by 2000
25%by 1992
40% by 1997
25% by 1993
25% by 1994
25% by 1997
maximum by
1993 possible^
40% by 2000
25% by 1995
50% by 1995
30% by 2000
10% by 2000
Mandated
Goal
X
X

X
X
X


X

X


X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X


Mandatory
Source
Separation

X

X





Xe





X
X


X
X


X


Mandatory Mandatory
Municipal Local
Recycling Recycling
Ordinance Planning
X


X
X
Xd .
*
X


X

X
. x

X X
X
X .

X
X
X
X



 juiviuuvo 1MU VI jr
-------
 programs and almost $1.3 million for research. Under the new law, each county was to
 initiate a recycling program by July 1,1989 (Kirkpatric, 1988). County recycling
 programs can be implemented either at a central location or through curbside collection
 programs.

        As shown in Table A-l, eleven states require local jurisdictions to include
 recycling in solid waste management plans. In some cases, mandatory implementation of
 the plan is not required.

        Table A-2 describes other types of initiatives, such as redemption programs,
 financial incentives, laws favoring procurement, and technical assistance, that states are
 pursuing.

 Redemption Programs

       Current mandatory bottle deposit programs are  effective in ensuring that items are
 returned to manufacturers for reuse or recycling. Roth reports that bottle reclamation in
 states with bottle deposit laws averages 90 percent or better.  Deposit programs typically
 require the consumer to pay a five-cent deposit on beverage containers, which can be
 redeemed when the bottles are returned to the retailer.  When states began bottle-deposit
 programs in the 1970's, the intent was to encourage reflllable bottles; now, however,
 manufactures opt for recycling.

       In addition to beverage containers, some jurisdictions have recently established
 redemption programs for tires, automobile batteries, and motor oil.  For example,
 Minnesota charges a $1 fee on the sale of new tires, which helps fund a tire-recycling
 facility (Andress, 1989). Currently, five states have legislation requiring retailers to
 accept old batteries at the time of a sale.  Three states (Minnesota, Washington, and
 Rhode Island) charge a fee if an old battery isn't returned at the time of purchase (Glenn
 1990).

       Florida's advance disposal fee is a variation of the deposit idea.  Under this law,
manufacturers are assessed one cent per container (i.e., glass, plastic, plastic-coated
paper, aluminum, and other metals) on containers that are not recycled at a sustained rate
of 50 percent by October 1,1992.  The fee increases to 2 cents in 1995 if the target is not
met by October 1,1995  (Andress,  1989).
                                      A-5
i  I

-------
 CO
C?
O
o
Q
s
CO

O
CO
1
I
CO
  es


  I
  «
         3 B
es '

iSJ
       -A
s
en
                            "
                 -

                 1 §
                 2 "a
               .


                 •"
             lllil
                X!
                x
                X
                .2

                ,1
                .1 9
                i -
                      o

                      |
                      2
                      8
                                     §
             «i2u
             •— ."2 .s



             .I*11
             •3 »5 g
             R &t3

                        X
                      XX
                  11

                        X
               X
               X
                        X
               XX
•118
I  1  8
6  3  §
                         x
                      X   X
                                  X
                          X
                              .a
                      o
                      _:
                         X
                         X
                         X
                                  X
                              i3



                              A-6
                                S
                                CQ
                              ir
                                    Is
                                    &4 U

                                    § o

                                    « 2?
                       *3 i^*

                       co ^

                       S.*O •



                       QOQI
                                        X   X
                                        X   X
                                            X
                                           X
                                           X
                                       XX
                                   X
II
                                                 X
                                          ,x
                                           X
                                          X
                                                   X
                                                .3
                                                •a
                                                            £
g'g g>

S 11



oo e o

sli
                                           X   XX
                                              X
                                                 X
                                        5 J   3
                                              •1 -I

-------
 Q




 |



 O
 O

 £
 c
 u
 W


 I
 fa

 O

 CA

U
a
u
Q

e
u
w
J
a
C/3
w


SQ


H
3S
as
          11
          •s-a
               X
X
                          XX
                                          X
                                                         X
         — M
               X!
                      XXX
                     X
                     XXX
                                                  X
                                                               XX
                                                               X
                                                               X    X
                                                              X    X
        H
         t« S
        5«
                               X
                     XXX
                                                              X
                                                                   X
                              1
           on
                                                       .§
                                                       I
                                                              i
                                                       I
                                                       i
                                    A-7
                                              1 .

-------

(CONTINUED)
CO
5*
^j
2
0
o
os
eu
1
-j
1
W
I
fa
O
CO
y
2
OS
C3
S
S
1
Q
W
B
S
a
CO
3
w
ea
S






1
jg
W
I.
i
Cfi
•

|S
en
£'!
I-H
Ju
Q
H;S
a|l

2"s e &
|.2o.2

W>3 O a)
S

.§•2.1
QW
*• 0. i
'|o||fl
Q es «





s
s
b
State offers technical
assistance for waste reduction
Counties must develop waste
management plans. Disposal
surcharge funds program.
State has lower freight rates fc
recyclables.







XX XX

X X

X







X X

X XX


XX X


X


•I
Jca

O S3
fj O jf §>
J S S 8
s; o o o

Recycling program funded by
disposal surcharge.
Deposit on batteries.
Commercial sector must
source-separate wastes as of
1/89.



X X



X X

•

X X



X



X X

X


X


X X


Ctt *Q
I J
> w
"S.
S3 »T3
O •£•
OH W
01
Local solid waste plans must
include recycling, but plans ar
not required.
Solid Waste Fund funded by
franchise tax on landfill
owners.
Local governments allowed to
mandate source separation.



X



XXX



X







X

X





X




*J
g .2
en 2 .C
1 £ !

continued




































A-8

-------
O


en
O
O

£
O
a
OS

E
O

8
OS
a
Q
a
H
u
a

a
en
     •P

     £<
     ill.!
    "Els
        .
'i a
».IS o
3 &!•••
  H*
          S 1
           Js>.
           e
          0,a«
          g S

          X
          X
         X

                X
                .3
                a


                I
                      11

                      a 9
                   's ll

                   [|'||

                   J 03 OS,
                      X
                      X
                     x
                        x

                           I
                           O
                           O\
                       A-9

-------
 Financial Incentives
       Three main types of tax incentives are available for recycling activities:
 investment tax credits, sales tax exemptions, and property tax exemptions (U. S.
 Congress, OTA, 1989).

       Six states offer tax incentives to promote recycling activities. For example,
 Oregon gives income tax credits for the purchase of recycling equipment and facilities.
 New Jersey gives investment credits of 50 percent for buying recycling equipment.
 Property tax exemptions are offered in Indiana for buildings, equipment, and land used
 for recycling operations. Wisconsin offers tax exemptions for equipment and facilities as
 well as business property tax exemptions for recycling equipment. North Carolina allows
 industrial and corporate tax credits and exemptions for recycling equipment and facilities
 (Curlee, 1989).

       Low-interest loans and loan guarantees for investments in recycling equipment
 and operations can lower companies' financing costs. For example, New Jersey's low-
 interest loan program provided about $3 million to 12 businesses in its first three years
 (Andress, 1989).

 Procurement Guidelines
       To increase demand for recycled products, some states are enacting laws that
 "favor" procurement of recycled products. These state laws range from suggestions that
 state agencies should purchase products that contain recycled materials to price
 preferences for state purchases of recycled products (Andress, 1989). For example,
 Oregon allows its state departments to pay up to 5 percent more for recycled products that
 contain either 50 percent industrial waste or 25 percent postconsumer waste, as compared
 to products made from virgin materials. Vermont has set  goals for purchasing 25 and
 40 percent recycled goods by 1990 and 1993, respectively. The procurement program in
 New York provides a 10 percent price preference and requires that products have a
 recycled content of at least 40 percent  California's law provides a 5 percent price
 preference and requires a recycled content of 50 percent, including 10 percent post-
 consumer waste (Curlee, 1989).  In Illinois, The Solid Waste Management Act of 1986
requires the total volume of paper and paper products purchased by the state's central
purchasing agency to contain at least 25 percent recycled materials by 1992 and at least
40 percent by 1996 (Solid Waste Report, 1990e).
                                     A-10

-------
       State paper procurement policies have not had much collective effect on the
 markets because the definition of "recycled content" varies state by state. For example,
 while New York requires a minimum of 40-percent recycled fiber content in its paper,
 Maryland specifies an 80-percent recycled fiber content The lack of uniformity among
 states makes manufacturers unwilling to provide adequate supplies of products and,
 therefore, contributes to increased prices for recycled products. This absence of common
 definitions and specifications for recycled products underscores the importance of federal
 guidelines. In fact, since the federal government issued guidelines for recycled paper in
 June 1988, ten northeast states have agreed to adopt them for state purchases (Andress,
 1989).

 Technical Assistance
       Some states assist communities by sponsoring pilot projects and providing
technical assistance. This help can answer questions and overcome skepticism, especially
in communities that have little or no recycling experience (Andress, 1989).

       Here are some examples of state technical assistance programs:
        __          JT -------- -— — — " •*"» *v**«** w* Aw^j.wA*tu. J.WWJT w-uiig ]JM.\JgL oLilSy Virginia S
        Department of Waste Management has made $100,000 in grants available to
        local governments for demonstration programs. Virginia expects all its local
        governments to gain useful information from the demonstration programs
        (Commonwealth of Virginia, Department of Waste Management, 1989).

        Pennsylvania also recently awarded $577,948 in grants and loans from the
        newly created Environmental Technology Fund.  Some of the money will be
        used to study the use of recycled plastic polymers, develop a computer bulletin
        board to serve as a communications network for the recycling industry and
        study the chemistry of a de-inking and defibering process for wastewater (Solid
        waste Keportj
        Missouri will award $1.2 million to cities, counties, local governments, and non-
        profit groups to establish aluminum, glass, and paper recycling programs that
        emphasize collection, marketing, and composting (Solid Waste Report, 1990d).

        Under Public Act 86-256, Illinois is providing $1.25 million in recycling grants
        to cities with populations over 20,000. Grant recipients will be required to
        implement pilot recycling projects that demonstrate the economic feasibility and
        environmental benefits of a combination of recycling methods (i.e., curbside
        collection, drop-off and buy-back centers) (Solid Waste Report, 1990c)
                                    A-ll

-------
        • Minnesota will award Martin County and Wright County grants of $2 million
         each for planned municipal solid waste composting facilities (Solid Waste
         Report, 1990b).

        NATIONAL SUMMARY
        The federal government is using a variety of initiatives to supplement and support
 states in solving their solid waste problems, to expand or increase market development, to
 coordinate research and technology transfer, to award research and demonstration grants,
 and to set minimum requirements for state programs.

 Pending Legislation
        Current pending federal legislation is aimed at stimulating recycling by requiring
 government agencies to use recycled paper, compost for highway planting, and tire
 fragments for rubberized asphalt in paving.

 Financial Incentives
       Industrial development bond (IDBs) are an important federal economic
 development  tool for state and local governments. State and local agencies issue the
 bonds, which pay interest that is exempt from federal taxation. Expanding the use of
 IDBs to include a range of recycling projects would give states more low-cost ways to
 support recycling markets (Andress, 1989).

 Procurement Guidelines
       Section 6002 of the 1976 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act requires EPA
 to establish guidelines for federal agencies to buy recycled products. EPA is responding
 by establishing procurement guidelines for an expanded product list. This list includes
 such products as recycled paper, re-refined oil, remanufactured tires, and building
 insulation made from recycled materials (Keller, 1988).

       Federal government purchases have both a direct and an indirect impact on the
marketplace.  Government purchases are of sufficient size to directly influence industry to
invest in research and equipment for using recycled materials. (Recent studies indicate
that federal government purchases represent about 7 percent of the Gross National
Product) Federal government purchases can have an indirect effect on the market
because private agencies and states frequently adopt the purchasing standards and
                                     A-12

-------
specifications set by the federal government In addition, private agencies and states can
purchase recycled paper from the same vendors as the government (Keller, 1988).

Technical Assistance

       Federal support is important in such areas as funding states and universities to
develop new technologies, funding demonstration projects, funding research into
manufacturing processes to identify specific products or components of products that
create problems for recycling, creating a national clearing house of information on
successful recycling activities, and determining what products the  government can
purchase that are made from recovered materials rather than from virgin sources
(Andress, 1989).
                                     A-13

-------

-------
                                     APPENDIX B
                  PAPER AND PAPERBOARD INDUSTRY PROFILE

        The flow of secondary materials to the paper and paperboard industry occurs because
 waste paper, after treatment, is an accepted substitute for raw material (pulp) consisting of virgin
 fiber. Newsprint, for example, may be made entirely of pulp produced from fiber that most
 recently was standing timber, alternatively the direct source of the pulp may be old newspapers
 recovered from a community recycling program. A dual perspective is necessary to completely
 discuss statistics on the flow of secondary materials. When the emphasis is on an intermediate or
 final product, for example, kraft paperboard, the quantities of different waste paper grades (and
 virgin material), which are inputs to the manufacture of that product are described.  Conversely,
 when the emphasis is on a grade of waste paper, the quantities of different intermediate or final
 products whose manufacture uses that grade are described. The organization of this appendix
 corresponds to these two different ways of portraying material flows: by intermediate or final
 product and by grade of waste paper.

       Following the presentation of past and present statistics on secondary materials and the
 production of paper and paperboard, the appendix briefly summarizes recent governmental
 initiatives to influence the use of secondary materials, including waste paper. Although not
 exhaustive, it conveys the range of market interventions that could substantially affect the paper
 and paperboard industry, making it a very different industry in the future.

 B.I   RAW MATERIALS

       Table B-l provides a complete listing of the primary products (intermediate and final)
 that paper, paperboard, and construction paper generate. Figure B-l shows the general flow of
 paper and paperboard products from the manufacture of intermediate and final products to the
 disposal of wastepaper and paperboard through landfilling and incinerating or through recycling.

      The demand for raw materials, hence the demand for virgin or secondary pulp, originates
 in die input selections chosen by the operators of paper and paperboard mills. Almost all paper
 and paperboard mills that consume wood pulp use captive, virgin raw materials. In 1968,
 89.4 percent of all wood pulp consumed in domestic paper mills was produced from  captive,
virgin raw materials. Paper or paperboard mills tied directly to pulp mills at the same location
consumed most of this captively produced wood pulp.  Conversely, almost all wastepaper is
                                        B-l

-------
           TABLE B-l. PRINCIPAL PRODUCT CATEGORIES FOR PAPER
  Category
   Product Group
              Principal Products
  Paper
  Paperboard
Newsprint
Printing and writing
papers
Packaging and
industrial
Tissue
Containerboard
Boxboard and other
paperboard
  Construction   Construction
Newspapers
Books, magazines, commercial printing, office
papers, forms, bond, cotton fiber, file folders,
computer paper, envelopes, etc.
Sacks, bags, wrapping paper, shipping sacks,
industrial papers, etc.
Toilet, facial, napkins, toweling, packaging, etc.
Corrugated boxes
Cartons, plates, cups, tube, can and drum, milk
cartons, pad backs, etc.
Insulating board, pressed board, etc.
Source: Franklin Associates, 1988.
                                        B-2

-------
Paper grades
*
Paper Grades
Transport

Delivered ~~
paper grades


Disposal through
Landfilling or •* 	
Incineration Wast
= 	 — ' disp
U.S. Forest
•

Pulp wood
i
Virgin Fiber
Pulping
i
Paper pulp
r
Fiber Blending
i



Fiber finished
r
Conversion to
Paper Grades

Conversion to Paper
Products &
Distribution
X Rnal product
Finished Product
Consumption &
Old Product
Management



Secondary pulp
Waste Paper
Treatment
I
i Delivered
waste paper
Waste Paper
Transport
Waste i
paper
!»/__*_
Waste Paper paper Export to Rest
9 paper Waste p
Josed recove
•- i-tecyciing —- of World
red 1
Waste
paper
Other Uses
Figure B-1. Flow of Paper and Paperboard Production
                       B-3
                                                      I I

-------
 consumed by independent mill operations that depend on purchased wastepaper for raw
 materials. This is true even for those organizations with wastepaper dealer subsidiaries (Franklin
 Associates, 1989).

       According to the American Paper Institute (API), the U.S. has approximately 600 pulp,
 paper, paperboard, and building products mills. Of these 600 mills, 200 almost exclusively use
 wastepaper for their fibrous raw material, and 300 use some wastepaper, leaving 100 that use
 only virgin raw materials.

       Paper mills that rely on virgin wood pulp are concentrated in the South, Northeast, North
 Central states, and the West Coast, where commercial timberlands are located. Mills that use
 paper stock are located predominantly in the East, North Central, and Middle Atlantic states,
 close to population centers that generate paper stock and consume mill outputs (Franklin
 Associates, 1989).

       Over the next three years, the demand for recycled fiber is expected to grow at two times
 the rate of demand for virgin fiber. One Canadian mill is currently producing 340,000 tons of
 recycled newsprint a year with 55 percent recycled fiber content. Another recycled newsprint
 mill will open late in 1990, and two or three other producers plan to start making recycled
 newsprint in 1991.  Three new newsprint recycling mills are planned in the U.S. (API)

 B.2   PRODUCTS CONTAINING RECYCLED POSTCONSUMER MATERIALS
       Wastepaper and paperboard are subdivided into five main categories or grades:
       • old newspapers,
       • old corrugated containers,
       • mixed paper,
       • high-grade deinMng paper, and
       • pulp substitutes.

Although the Paper Stock Institute of America lists over 49 grades of wastepaper and 31 other
specialty grades, recyclable grades fall into these five divisions (API).

      The first four categories are composed at least partially of postconsumer wastepaper—
products that have served the purpose they were manufactured for and have been recycled or
source-separated (API). Old newspaper (ONP) consists primarily of newspapers discarded by
                                         B-4

-------
 households, although unsold newspapers and publication scrap1 are also included hi this
 category. Old corrugated containers (OCC) consist of both used corrugated boxes, usually
 generated by the commercial sector, and new corrugated cuttings from converter plants.2 OCC is
 used for manufacturing recycled paperboard, although it has secondary uses in the production of
 unbleached kraft paperboard and semichemical paperboard. Mixed paper, or unsorted
 wastepaper, is the lowest grade of wastepaper; it is predominantly used to produce recycled
 paperboard and construction paper and board. High-grade deinking papers consist of sorted,
 high-quality office wastepaper and printed scrap from printing and converting plants. This grade
 is primarily used to make tissue paper but is also used to make fine printing and writing papers.

       In contrast to the four categories of wastepaper and paperboard described above, the final
 category, pulp substitutes, is not postconsumer scrap. Pulp substitutes consist of scrap from
 printing and converting plants and mills, and neither manufacturing nor converting scrap are
 categorized as postconsumer waste.  Because of their source, pulp substitutes are  the highest
 quality wastepaper. These can be used as direct substitutes for wood pulp. Pulp substitutes are
 used primarily to manufacture fine printing and writing papers, recycled paperboard, and tissue
 papers (Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989).

       Table B-2 illustrates two possible methods of presenting data on the use of recycled
 wastepaper in  the manufacture of specific end uses: (1) by wastepaper grade recycled, and (2) by
 secondary product manufactured from the recycled wastepaper.  Reading Table B-2 by column
 (method 1), the upper numbers describe the amount of each type of wastepaper used in the
 manufacture of a certain product, while the lower figures are the percentage of raw materials
 each waste grade represents in the manufacture of that product. Reading Table B-2 by row
 (method 2), the numbers represent the amounts of a specified waste grade  that are used in the
 manufacture of different secondary products and sum to the total amount of wastepaper of each
 grade recycled in the U.S.

       Reading Table B-2 by column demonstrates the relative importance of the  recycled
materials to the manufacture of a specific good.  For example, in 1987,5.3 million tons of tissue
products were produced. The tissue production used 2.2 million tons of secondary fiber,  giving a"
1 Publication scrap is pressroom scrap generated in producing newsprint
                                       SUCh M e™*0***. ba§s. cartons, and plates, from paper and
                                         B-5


-------
 Ed
 B
A
~
C5

u
fe
I
 W

g
H
CO
1
O
U
w
CO
ea
I
                          ^ o3 *"•
                          n
                                  vo
               po'    c>o
                        rf 6?    op


                        i™^ en
                                                         VO
                                  C^    ^5 ^P
                                  O    OO
                                            '
                                   oo   rt'
                                       o'o'    oo'
                                     S
                                     V^
                                   o'o'
                                ~ g-
                                   oo   o«n    o'o
                                   o oo   o o\
                         .8   SS
                                   oo
p o\    pp
o o •   o* o
                                          11
                                   •o
                                   o
                                              3
                                                                 (N
                        o" o   oo    o* o   o' o    o o'
                                                                  '"
                                                                 o'o"
        O O   O OO    O O
        o'o   o' <*i    o'o'
                                              o \o  .    .SH
                                              O«o    t»ii-i
                                              o— *    o'tn
                                                           o
                                                                        r^    oo
                                                                        O    ^
                                                                        oo    oo
                                                                        «    00
                              O
                              VI
                              t
                              O
                                                                             o
                                                                             en
                                                                        n
                                                                        e>
                                                                          >
                                     1

                                           en

                                           gj
in
ON
                                                                                    CN
                                                                                    °°.
                                                                                    OO
                                                                          r~
                                                                          en
                                                                                    es

                                                                                    en
                                                     u
                                                    •S
                                                    .s
          I

         I
          a.
         a
          I

         •3
                                                                                              3
ber
Bottom nu
i other pre

           I   i
        •*&   £
           a   a
          •i   „'
        ^•1   3
                                                                                             ||| i
                                                                                            ^ s ••§ =
                                                                                            * TS g ;=
                                                                                            .a-3 S-*
ber
des
F
*Top
blnclu
cNo st
Sourc
                                               B-6

-------
 secondary materials utilization rate of 42 percent.  High-grade deinking and pulp substitutes
 accounted for 79 percent of the secondary fiber used in tissue manufacture, with the remainder
 coming from postconsumer waste and lower grades of wastepaper, including 197,000 tons of old
 newsprint

        Reading Table B-2 by row gives the amount of primary fiber that generated the
 wastepaper, the amount of wastepaper recovered, the amount of secondary fiber used in the
 production of other goods, and the net quantity exported For example, 11.1 million tons of old
 corrugated containers (OCC) were recovered in 1987. Of that, 290,000 tons were recycled into
 paper products, 1.8 million tons into unbleached kraft paperboard, 1.6 million tons into
 semichemical paperboard, 5.3 million tons into recycled paperboard, 232,000 tons into
 construction paper and paperboard; 1.9 million tons were exported.

        This latter method of reading Table B-2 by row focuses on the amount of each type of
 wastepaper recycled. Thus its focus is on the generation of secondary material rather than on
 utilization, which is the focus of the first method (reading by column). Each approach is useful
 for determining the secondary materials markets most likely to use the postconsumer paper
 generated as a result of the materials separation requirements.. For example, Table B-2 shows
 that a relatively small amount of OCC (one row in the matrix) is used in the manufacture of fine
 printing and writing papers, newsprint, tissue, draft packaging paper, and construction paper and
 board (several columns in the matrix); however, 48 percent of OCC is recycled overall.
 Mandatory separation of OCC from other waste may increase recycling of OCC, but current
 trends show that industries manufacturing fine printing and writing papers, newsprint, kraft and
 packing paper, and construction paper and board probably will not increase their use of recycled
 OCC.

       Table B-2 illustrates that the use of wastepaper and paperboard varies greatly by grade.
 Certain grades are used only in a few product categories. For example, the only secondary uses
 of mixed paper are in the manufacture of tissue and recycled paperboard. OCC is at the other
 extreme: it is an input for the manufacture, of almost every product category, with the exception
 of newsprint and bleached paperboard (which uses only virgin paper inputs). Patterns of reuse
reflect considerations of technical feasibility, cost, and consumer preference. The next section
discusses the use of secondary paper and paperboard, so the perspective shifts from secondary
materials to products, beginning with newsprint
                                         B-7

-------
 B.2.1  Production of Paper and Paperboard Products from Secondary Materials
 B3J.1 Newsprint
        ONP is virtually the only recycled wastepaper used in the manufacture of newsprint (see
 Table B-2). In 1970, U.S. newsprint manufacturers used 371,000 tons of ONP in the production
 of 3.464 million tons of newsprint for a utilization rate of 10.7 percent (Franklin Associates,
 1989).  Table B-2 shows that the use of ONP increased severalfold by 1987:  1.386 million tons
 of ONP were used in the production of 5.843 million tons of domestic newsprint, for a secondary
 materials utilization rate of 23.7 percent (Franklin Associates, 1989). Capacity to produce
 newsprint in the U.S. in 1987 was 5.9 million tons.  Only 1.5 million tons could be attributed to
 the 7 recycled mills in operation in 1987 that used either 100 percent recycled fiber or a
 significant portion of ONP, leaving almost 75 percent of the market to mills using virgin inputs
 (U.S. Congress, 1989). By 1990, total annual capacity for U.S. newsprint mills is projected to be
 7.021 million tons. Of this, 1.434 million tons should consist of recycled newsprint,  for a
 secondary materials utilization rate of 20.4 percent  The capacity of mills using secondary
 materials is approximately 20 percent that of mills using virgin inputs (Franklin Associates,
 1989).

        Table B-3 contains a common list of barriers to increasing the use of ONP:  the addition
 of capacity favors expansion rather than greenfield construction; mills are locked into virgin pulp
 supply arrangements either through vertical integration or contracts; the supply of quality ONP is
 perceived to be unreliable; and the current location of mills3 implies high transportation costs for
 ONP. For a substantial increase in the relative rate of secondary material use to occur, it is not
 enough for the number of mills using secondary material to increase:  the economics of new mills
 must change.4

       The barriers to increasing the use of ONP may be less effective in the future than they
 were in the past (even as recently as several years ago).  The U.S. paper industry is rapidly
 increasing recycling capacity,5 which is leading to unprecedented growth in waste paper demand
3 Newsprint mills using virgin fiber tend to be located near forest and water resources, far from the population
   centers that are the source of ONP.
4 Secondary-pulp-using mills could increase the proportion of secondary pulp. The technological knowledge exists
   to manufecture newsprint from 100 percent ONP using a deinking process patented by Garden State Paper
   Company; however, the economic barriers are so high that publishers are not yet increasing their demand for
   ONP (U.S. Congress, 1989).
5 Eighteen producers of newsprint plan to purchase deinking units in the near future (Hill and Knowlton, 1990).

                                           B-8

-------
1

LND PAPERBOARD
•«5
C5
1
1
3
^
o
w

D
Q
•

Waste Paper
|
**"* >^3
Lfa1 >»
Too expensive to expand ca]
Integrated operations with v
Contracts with virgin mills
Quality of added ONP suppl
Economics of transportation
unfavorable
.*a

1


CO
1:1 •§)
^> S &*
y "hjv ^
S .a *M>OH
si'^Sj
9*2 M. 1 Q,
S Q '*"* S *^

« B) (ioS § *C
UJIr
•a
a
1





P*


Exhausted supply
Competition (tissue, exports
Limited sorted office paper


1







en
t« J3
fcr ^^
P^'S n-l
s-^^
60 C **
•S.9§
B-H w
1 &.S
III

00
a



•a e
8 O
Fine Printing a
Writing Pap


Exhausted supply
Competition, exports
Limited sorted office paper


•a
a








1
2
JH
I
S
va
1

bO
a





CO
s


Performance requirement
Competition from plastic
jg
w>
a
t
















tUO
c
'Eb
c3
II
c3 OH


Performance requirement


•a
a











-








"O
a
.a
E
0
§
800
a '8
1 *
«3 "
*g^ 0
S4! §
111
.11-
UOQ

jS
ffi

T3 T3
c3 e3

•P JO
Bleached Paper
Recycled Paper


Declining industry
Competition from fiberglass
JS
bh
a
>














T3
§

s,
MH
Construction Pa
Board
B-9

-------
 by domestic mills (Franklin Associates, 1990). Industry executives predict that approximately 33
 percent of all newsprint used in the U.S. will be recycled back into newsprint in 1995, up from an
 11 percent rate in 1990. They expect this figure will reach 41 percent by the year 2000 and then
 level off because of supply limitations (Hill and Knowlton, 1990).

       Addressing the issue of quality, the Northeast Recycling Council (NERC)6 is committed
 to ensuring that existing supplies of ONP meet the "Number 6 News" specification as defined in
 the Guidelines for Paper Stock: PS-88 Domestic Transactions. Furthermore, member states
 (Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
 Pennsylvania, Rhode island, Vermont, and the Virgin Islands)  share a common long-term goal to
 develop and organize a regional ONP supply that meets, at a minimum, the "Number 89 Special
 News" specifications as defined in the guidelines. Several member states have funding available
 to assist the  development of marketing cooperatives that provide technical assistance to localities
 to achieve this goal (NERC).

       A leadership opinion study (that polled 26 of 36 newsprint producers in the U.S. and
 Canada) conducted for the Black Clawson Company, one of the largest North American
 manufacturers of recycling machinery, indicates that newsprint company executives strongly
 endorse newsprint recycling and predicts that the rate of recycling newsprint back into newsprint
 wiU triple by 1995. Although 30 percent of the surveyed producers currently produce recycled
 newsprint, nearly every producer expects to make recycled newsprint by 1995. Roughly one-
 third anticipate producing nothing but recycled newsprint in  1995; half will make both recycled
 and virgin newsprint.  Only one of the 26 responding firms states said that it will not produce
 recycled newsprint Industry leaders hold these positive views  even though they are concerned
 about costs, availability of adequate supplies of ONP, and the quality of post-consumer newsprint
 collected for recycling (Hill and Knowlton, 1990).

       Some restructuring of the industry may occur. Carl C. Landegger, Chairman of Black
 Clawson, comments, "In total, the amount of ONP currently bypassing the solid waste stream
 appears to be seven million tons out of the 13.6 million tons used in the U.S. in 1989. This is
 why newsprint industry  leaders predict supplies of ONP will be tight when newsprint to
 newspaper recycling approaches the 40 percent level [as promoted by the American Paper
 Institute]" (Hill and Knowlton, 1990). Some producers are worried that as demand increases for
 ONP, the price will also increase.  Concerns over long-range ONP supply are prompting
newsprint producers to consider purchasing a waste paper dealer to assure a dependable source of
old newspapers (Hill and Knowlton, 1990).
6 Established in 1987.
                                        B-10

-------
        Fine Printing and Writing Papers
        Products manufactured from recycled fine printing and writing papers are primarily
 publishing and office products, such as books, brochures, magazines, stationery, commercial
 printing, office papers, forms, bond, cotton fiber, file folders, computer paper, and envelopes
 (EPA, 1988).

        The higher grades of wastepaper, pulp substitutes and high-grade deinking paper, are
 virtually the only types of recycled wastepaper used to manufacture fine printing and writing
 papers. In 1970, U.S. producers of fine printing and writing papers used 736,000 tons of pulp
 substitutes and high-grade deinking paper in a total production of 10.904 million tons, for a
 utilization rate of 6.7 percent (Franklin Associates, 1989).  Table B-2 shows that the use of
 wastepaper had increased in 1987; 970,000 tons of pulp substitutes (74 percent of the wastepaper
 used) and 336,000 tons of high-grade deinking paper (25 percent of the wastepaper used),  along
 with 12,000 tons of OCC, were used in a total production of 20.778 million tons of fine printing
 and writing paper. Because the total production increased relatively more than the use of
 wastepaper, the secondary materials utilization rate actually decreased to 6.3 percent (Franklin
 Associates, 1989).

       Increasing this utilization rate may not be possible immediately.  Secondary  fiber mills
 compete with the larger, integrated world-class mills by offering high quality and low-cost
 secondary fiber (U.S. Congress, 1989). Competition from tissue paper manufacturers and
 increased exports can increase the cost of secondary fiber. Also, according to the Office of
 Technology Assessment, most of the pulp substitutes and high-grade  deinking paper generated
 appears to be used already. The only immediate means to increase the supply of secondary fiber
 is to increase the supply of products manufactured at converting and printing plants and paper
 mills, thereby generating the cuttings that are pulp substitutes.  Otherwise, increasing recycling
 of sorted high-quality office paper is necessary to yield the needed secondary fiber (U.S.
 Congress, 1989).

      U.S. mills' capacity to produce fine printing and writing paper in  1988 was 22.7 million
tons, but only 9 mills had deinking facilities. Eighteen mills, however, had the capability to
produce products containing at least 50 percent wastepaper but had a combined capacity of only
one million tons annually, leaving almost 96 percent of the market to mills using virgin inputs
(U.S. Congress, 1989).
                                         B-ll

-------
 B3J.3 Tissue Paper
       Toilet and facial tissue, napkins, toweling, diapers, wipes, and other sanitary papers are
 the primary products manufactured from tissue paper (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       Tissue paper manufacturers use-primarily the higher grades of wastepaper, pulp
 substitutes, and high-grade deinking paper, while using the lower three grades to a lesser extent.
 In 1970, U.S. tissue paper manufacturers used 819,000 tons of pulp substitutes and high-grade
 deinking paper, 76,000 tons of ONP, 69,000 tons of OCC, and 7,000 tons of mixed papers in the
 total production of 3.178 million tons of tissue paper, for a utilization rate of 26.1 percent
 (Franklin Associates, 1989). Table B-2 shows that the use of wastepaper in 1987 increased to
 2.246 million tons; 1.051  million tons of high-grade deinking paper (47 percent of the
 wastepaper used), 726,000 tons of pulp substitutes (32 percent), 209,000 tons  of OCC
 (9 percent), 197,000 tons of ONP (8 percent), and 63,000 tons of mixed paper (3 percent) were
 used in a total production of 5.301 million tons of tissue paper, for a secondary materials'
 utilization rate of 45 percent (Franklin Associates, 1989).

       The problems with increasing this utilization rate are similar to those encountered by the
 fine printing and writing paper manufacturers. Tissue paper manufacturers compete with
 manufacturers of fine printing and writing papers for wastepaper. Also, because the Office of
 Technology Assessment states that most of the pulp substitutes and high-grade deinking paper
 generated appears to be collected already, increasing the supply of cuttings generated as waste
 from converting and printing plants and paper mills, as well as increasing the recycling of sorted
 high quality office paper, is the route that stands to yield the needed secondary fiber (U.S.
 Congress, 1989).  An alternative to increasing the supply of pulp substitutes and high-grade
 deinking paper is using lower grades of wastepaper in the manufacture of tissue paper.
 Currently, the only companies employing this method are companies marketing then- products to
 commercial establishments, which do not require the soft, white tissue that can only be produced
 by the higher grades of wastepaper or virgin materials. Consumer preference strongly influences
 the decisiomnaking of tissue manufacturers on this matter (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       U.S. capacity to produce tissue paper in 1988 was 5.8 million tons, but only 20 to 40 mills
manufactured products containing at least 25 percent wastepaper.  Some mills  employ an
increased percentage of wastepaper using proprietary technology (U.S. Congress, 1989).
                                         B-12

-------
 B3.1.4 Kraft and Packaging Paper
        The products manufactured from kraft and packaging paper are primarily sacks, bags,
 wrapping paper, shipping sacks, and industrial papers (EPA, 1988).

        Because of the high performance requirements demanded of kraft and packaging paper,
 pulp substitutes and OCC are the dominant grades of wastepaper used to manufacture this paper,
 high-grade deinking paper is used to a lesser extent Table B-2 shows that 5.1 million tons of
 kraft and packaging paper were manufactured in 1987, with an annual secondary materials
 utilization rate of approximately 5 percent (U.S. Congress, 1989). Barriers to increasing this rate
 are the strength requirement of this paper and the strong competition from plastic bag
 manufacturers faced by kraft and packaging paper bag manufacturers (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B.2.2.5 Unbleached Kraft Paperboard
        Liherboard (outer facing for corrugated and solid fiber boxes) and folding cartons are the
 primary products manufactured from unbleached kraft paperboard (U.S. Congress, 1989; API).

        OCC is the dominant grade of wastepaper used to manufacture unbleached kraft
 paperboard. In 1970, U.S. unbleached kraft paperboard manufacturers used 162,000 tons of
 OCC in the total production of 11.541 million tons of unbleached kraft paperboard for a
 utilization rate of 1.4 percent (Franklin Associates, 1989). Table B-2 shows that the use of
 wastepaper increased to 1.9 million tons in 1987, virtually all of which was OCC. The
 manufacture of 18.898 million tons of kraft and packaging paper included 1.755 million tons of
 OCC (92 percent of the wastepaper used) for a secondary materials utilization rate of
 10.1 percent (Franklin Associates, 1989).  Because of the high performance requirements
 demanded of unbleached kraft paperboard, this rate is not expected to increase. Nevertheless,
 ongoing research is studying ways to enhance the strength of OCC, including using heat and '
 higher pressure in  board production, press drying in papermaking, separation of the linerboard
 from the weaker medium, and enhancement with chemical additives (U.S. Congress, 1989).

B.2.1.6  Semichemical Paperboard
      The center fluting in corrugated boxes is the primary product manufactured from
semichemical paperboard (API).

      OCC is the dominant grade of wastepaper used to manufacture semichemical paperboard.
In 1970, semichemical paperboard manufacturers' secondary materials utilization rate  was
approximately 21 percent (U.S. Congress, 1989). Table B-2 shows that this rate increased to

                                        B-13       i

-------
 32 percent in 1987. Manufacturers used approximately 1.8 million tons of wastepaper, virtually
 all of which was OCC.  The manufacture of 5.6 million tons of semichemical paperboard
 included 1.645 million tons of OCC (91 percent of the wastepaper used) (Franklin Associates,
 1989).

       Technically, manufacturers of semichemical paperboard could achieve a higher
 utilization rate.  The higher-strength and durability demanded by U.S. shipping and legal
 requirements are possible only by including low proportions of recycled material in the final
 product (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B3.1.7 Bleached Paperboard
       Sanitary packages such as milk cartons, frozen food cartons, and containers for moist,
 liquid, and oily foods and folding cartons and food service items (cups and plates) are the
 primary products manufactured from bleached paperboard (U.S. Congress, 1989; API).

       In 1987, U.S. manufacturers produced 4.3 million tons of bleached paperboard using
 virgin materials exclusively (U.S. Congress, 1989).  Because of the strict legal sanitary
 requirements, any significant use of secondary fiber is unlikely (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B3.1.8 Recycled Paperboard
       Test liners, corrugating medium,7 filler chipboard for solid fiber boxes, folding cartons,
 rigid boxes, gypsum wallboard, paper tubes and drums, panelboard, set-up boxes,8 and tablet
 backing are the primary products manufactured from recycled paperboard (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       ONP is used to manufacture folding boxboard, set-up boxboard, gypsum wallboard
 facing, and tube can and drum paperboard (Franklin Associates, 1989). Otherwise, OCC and
pulp substitutes are the dominant wastepaper grades in many paperboard products (Franklin
Associates, 1989). Almost 50 percent of all wastepaper recycled in the U.S. is used to
manufacture recycled paperboard; the process uses no virgin raw materials (U.S. Congress,
 1989). In 1970, manufacturers used 7.291 million tons of wastepaper in the total production of
6.981 million tons of recycled paperboard: 1.183 million tons of pulp substitutes, 2.995 million
tons of OCC, 1.437 million tons of ONP, and 1.676 million tons of mixed papers (Franklin

7 A conrugated medium is the corrugated or fluted paperboard used by corrugating plants to make corrugated
   combined board, corrugated wrapping, etc. (Franklin Associates, Ltd. 1982).
8 Set-up boxboard is boxes in rigid form as contrasted with folding or collapsible boxes, made from a paperboard
   that can be a solid or combination board ranging in thickness from 0.016 to 0.065 of an inch and weighing 60 to
   206 pounds per 1,000 square feet Stiffness, rigidity, and resistance to abuse are essential qualities. The class
   includes plain chipboard, filled newsboard, single news vat-lined chipboard, and single white vat-lined chipboard
   (Franklin Associates, 1982).                                                           *
                                          B-14

-------
 Associates, 1989). Table B-2 shows that the 1987 production of recycled paperboard increased
 to 8.508 million tons, using 9.121 million tons of wastepapen 5.258 million tons of OCC,
 1.641 million tons of mixed paper, 1.274 million tons on ONP, 832,000 tons of pulp substitutes,
 and 116 million tons of high-grade deinking papers (Franklin Associates, 1989).

        The use of recycled paperboard for packaging products has been increasing as industries
 attempt to lower costs (U.S. Congress, 1989). Competing plastics and virgin paperboard
 industries cut into the recycled paperboard market, particularly in the packaging of high-quality
 goods. In this case, the manufacturer tends to disdain recycled paperboard for fear that the
 consumer will consider the product an inferior good. Secondary limitations on the use of
 recycled paperboard are sanitary, health, weight, economic, and performance considerations
 (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B,2.1.9 Construction Paper and Board
       Roofing, siding, wallboard, and insulation board are the primary products manufactured
 from construction paper and paperboard (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       In 1970, U.S. manufacturers produced 3 million tons of construction paper and board.
 That production steadily decreased until only 1.2 million tons were manufactured in 1987. The
 manufacturing process used approximately 900,000 tons of wastepaper of all grades, including
 277,000 tons of ONP and 232,000 tons of OCC, for a secondary materials utilization rate of
 75 percent Because of competition from fiberglass and other materials, the construction paper
 and board industry is expected to continue its decline and, therefore, its market for wastepaper
 (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B.2.2  Net Exports of Wastepaper
       Countries that lack significant forest resources, such as Mexico, Korea, Taiwan, Japan,
 Italy, and Venezuela, rely on imports of U.S. wastepaper as raw material inputs to their paper and
 paperboard mills (Franklin Associates, 1982).  Countries in the Far East accounted for more than
 half of U.S. exports of wastepaper in 1987 (U.S. Congress, 1989). Other conditions exist that
 cause countries to import U.S. wastepaper: the gap in balance of trade with the U.S., the value of
 their currency versus the U.S. dollar, and the excess cargo room in ships making return trips to
 thek countries from the U.S. (Franklin Associates, 1989).

       OCC dominates the export market, claiming about 40 percent of wastepaper exported.
Mixed paper and ONP are next, with each comprising approximately 20 percent of the market;
                                        B-15

-------
 pulp substitutes and high-grade deinking paper share the remaining 20 percent (U.S. Congress,
 1989).

       U.S. exports of wastepaper increased in 1987 to approximately 18 percent of wastepaper
 recovered, compared with only 3 percent in 1970. Export amounts are calculated by determining
 the net quantity exported—total exports less the quantity imported of that material.  In 1970,
 exports of wastepaper totalled 341,000 tons; that figure had increased to 4.295 million tons by
 1987 (EPA, 1988). Exports of ONP from the United States to Canada may reach 700,000 tons in
 1995 (Franklin Associates, 1990).

       Increasing exports of wastepaper from the U.S. is subject to the cyclical demands of
 foreign nations for these goods. Nevertheless, wastepaper exports to foreign nations should
 continue to increase, although the recent glut of ONP has reduced export prices (U.S. Congress,
 1989).

 B3    CURRENT AND HISTORICAL STATISTICS ON SECONDARY MATERIALS

 B3.1  Old Newspaper (ONP)
       Over the last 15 years the quantity of ONP generated has increased along with the
 quantity recovered as shown in Figure B-2.  In 1987, the quantity of ONP diverted from the solid
 waste stream reached a record of 4.3 million tons. The ONP recovery rate has tended slightly
 upward as shown in Figure B-3.  In 1987, the ONP recovery rate was 32 percent (Franklin
 Associates,  1989). Some observers speculate that the upper limit of the recovery rate is 50 to
 55 percent, although others assert that a 75 percent recovery is possible (Franklin Associates,
 1989).

      Figure B-4 demonstrates that ONP prices fluctuated dramatically in a cyclical pattern
between 1970 and 1988. Chicago manufacturers paid the highest prices in January 1978—over
$80 per ton. More typically, however, manufacturers' prices ranged from about $20 per ton to
about $60 per ton. The lows have been increasing over time: the lows in the early 1970's were
under $20 per ton, increasing to approximately $25 per ton in the early- to mid-1980's.
                                       B-16

-------
    Old     8-I
Newspapers
(million tons)  6-
4 • ' 	 	 _ ffa0MSQ&&
2'
0 	 1 	 1 	 1 	 i


1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988
Year
^ Old Newspapers *«*« Old
Newspapers Recovered

            Figure B-2. Old Newspaper Generation and Recovery
            Source: Bingham and Chandran, 1990.
                                    B-17

-------
           40 T
 Proportion  25
  of Old
Newspapers 20 • •
 Recovered
    (%)     is-

           10 •

            5--
                    •4-
                                               -t-
            1970   1972   1974   1976   1978   1980   1982   1984   1986   1988
                                           Year
               Figure B-3. Old Newspaper Recovery Rate
               Source: Bingham and Chandran, 1990.
                                     B-18

-------
                   CO
                   o
                   TO
                   CO
                   O
                   (0 O)
                   o o>
                   O T"
                   •=£
                   0> ca

                   Z E
                      at
                   CD in

                   S 0
B-19

-------
       The increased public consciousness of the U.S. solid waste crisis contributed to the 1989
glut in the ONP market.  State and local laws encouraging or mandating recycling created a
tremendous oversupply of ONP, because no corresponding demand for this material was
stimulated. Foreign demand for ONP also decreased during 1989, compounding the problem
(Franklin Associates, 1989).

       The oversupply of ONP caused market prices for ONP to fall drastically. In June 1988, a
Barberton, Ohio, recycling center received $30 a ton for ONP.  By late July 1989, the same
center was paying a broker $10 a ton to take the paper away. The newspaper glut cost
municipalities approximately $100 million in lost revenue for 1989 (Paul, 1989). Export prices
of wastepaper, particularly ONP, also decreased due to the excess supply (Franklin Associates,
1989).

       Figure B-5 shows the amount of ONP used by paper and paperboard mills, the quantities
used in manufacturing products unrelated to paper and paperboard, and the quantities exported,
since 1977. Of the 4.3 million tons of ONP recovered hi 1987,1.4 million tons were recycled
into newsprint, 197,000 tons into tissue, 9,000 tons into unbleached kraft paperboard, 1.3 million
tons into recycled paperboard, 277,000 tons into construction paper and paperboard, and 300,000
tons into other uses; 840,000 tons were exported.  One market for ONP that is unrelated to
newsprint and other types of paper and paperboard is cellulose insulation for buildings, for which
EPA specifies a minimum content standard of 75 percent recycled newsprint. Other products
that use secondary newsprint include animal bedding, artificial fire logs, mulch, and worm
bedding. Research is under way to test the feasibility of using ONP to clean up spills of
hazardous liquids and sludges, as well as using up to 5 percent ONP in the manufacture of
linerboard (Mullet, 1989).

       Consumption of ONP by U.S. newsprint manufacturers is expected to increase by over  1
million tons between 1988 and 1995, a 71 percent increase.  The demand for ONP for other uses
(such as as animal bedding, hydromulch, and molded pulp products) will gradually accelerate
(starting in 1991) to 50-plus percent in 1995.9  The combination of all of these factors leads to a
projected 1995 recovery of 8.0 million tons or 51.6 percent of new supply of newsprint (Franklin
Associates, 1990).
9 An alternative prediction is less bullish: because most of the firms that manufacture these products have abundant
  supplies of ONP, the outlook for increasing the amount of ONP recycled by these industries is not bright (Mullet
  1989).
                                         B-20

-------
Thousand
   tons
  5,000 T
            1978  1979   1980   1981   1982  1983   1984
                                         Year
1985   1986   1987   1988
                  Figure B-5. Utilization of Old Newspapers
                  Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                                       B-21

-------
B.3.2  Old Corrugated Containers (OCC)
       Over the last 15 years, the quantity of OCC generated has, like ONP, increased along
with the quantity recovered as shown in Figure B-6.  The OCC recovery rate has tended slightly
upward as shown in Figure B-7. In 1987, the OCC recovery rate was 48 percent (Franklin
Associates, 1989).

       Figure B-8 shows the amount of OCC used by paper and paperboard mills, as well as the
quantities exported, since 1970. Of the 11.1 million tons of OCC recovered in 1987,290,000
tons were recycled into paper products, 1.8 million tons into unbleached kraft paperboard,
1.6 million tons into semichemical paperboard, 5.3 million tons into recycled paperboard, and
232,000 tons into construction paper and paperboard; 1.9 million tons were exported (Franklin
Associates, 1989).

       As with ONP, the capacity to utilize corrugated as a fiber furnish is increasing very
rapidly. These increases are being driven by increased demand for container board, the
economics  of fiber supply, and the ability of the paper industry to increase production of
linerboard and corrugating medium by incremental expansions and "greenfield" (new) mills.
The projected capacity for 1995 and estimated actual usage indicate continued very strong
increases for corrugated recycling, most of which will be post-consumer OCC because box plant
cuttings are already fully utilized (Franklin Associates, 1990)

       The recovery of corrugated is projected to be 18.8 million tons in 1995, a 51.6 percent
increase relative to 1988 (12.45 million tons). Over the same period, containerboard new supply
may increase at less than half that rate, by 19.8  percent. Consequently, recovery rates may
increase to  63 percent of OCC. Using present manufacturing techniques, the recovery of OCC
will approach the limits of recovery by 1995 (Franklin Associates, 1990).

B.3.3  Mixed Papers
       Because the higher grades of wastepaper—high-grade deinking paper and pulp
substitutes—are in short supply, manufacturers are developing techniques to improve the
recyclability of mixed paper.  Programs are starting in office buildings and homes to separate
higher quality mixed paper from other discards (API). As Figure B-9 illustrates, the recovery of
office paper has slowly increased in the last five years,  but it is far outpaced by the increasing
quantities of office paper discarded (Franklin Associates, 1989).  Of the 2.4 million tons of
mixed paper recovered in 1987, 63,000 tons were recycled into tissue paper and 1.641 million
tons recycled into paperboard; 707,000 tons were exported (Franklin Associates, 1989).
                                         B-22

-------
Thousand
short tons
  5,000 £—0—o—
                                   0	o—o—°—o—o-
                                                                O	O'
1970    1972
                      1974    1976    1978    1980    1982     1984    1986     1988
                                          Year
                              Production     •<>•  Total Recovery
                         Figure B-6.  Used Corrugated
                         Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                                    B-23

-------
          60.0,
 Recovery
   as a
percentage
    of
production 20-°'

          10.0
                                                  i	1	1	1	    i	1	1
           0.0
             1970    1972   1974   1976   1978    1980   1982   1984    1986    1988

                                            Year


              Figure B-7. Recovery of Used Corrugated Containers, 1970 to 1988
                                    (in thousands of tons)
             Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                                     B-24

-------
Thousand
short tons
         —*-*— o^O^—o-
       1970
1972   1974   1976    1978   1980   1982    1984   1986   1988
                          Year
      Consumption   -O- Exports
                                                      Total Recovery
                  Figure B-8. Used Corrugated Containers
                  Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                                  B-25

-------
Thousand
  tons
     1960
,  1965
1970         1975
       Year
                                                          1980
                Figure B-9.  Office Paper Recovery and Discards
                Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                                   B-26

-------
  B.3.4  High-Grade Deinking Paper
        The quantity of high-grade deinking paper recovered has increased over the last decade as
  shown in Figure B-10. The amount recovered tended slightly upward for the first 9 years but has
  begun to increase more dramatically in the last few years (Franklin Associates, 1989). Because
  all the high-grade deinking paper generated appears to be collected for recycling every year, this
  increase is probably due to an increased supply of products manufactured at converting and'
  printing plants and paper mills (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Figure B-10 shows the amount of high-grade deinking paper consumed by paper and
  paperboard mills, as well as the quantities exported since 1976.  Of the 2.072 million tons of
  high-grade deinking paper recovered in 1987, 336,000 tons were recycled into fine printing and
  writing paper, 1.1 million tons into tissue, 7,000 tons into kraft and packaging paper, 52,000 tons
 into unbleached kraft paperboard, 116,000 million tons into recycled paperboard, and 2,000 tons
 into construction paper and paperboard; 526,000 tons were exported (Franklin Associates, 1989)!

 B.3.5 Pulp Substitutes

       Of the 3.2 million tons of pulp substitutes recovered in 1987,970,000 tons were recycled
 into fine printing and writing paper, 726,000 tons into tissue paper, 374,000 tons into kraft and
 packaging paper, and 832,000 tons into recycled paperboard; 300,000 tons were exported
 (Franklin Associates, 1989).
 B.4
                           ^ERVENTIONS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL
       The recent period of falling ONP prices (see section B.3.1 above) and the associated glut
raised concerns over the economic viability of residential recycling programs and the prospect of
reduced participation rates in general as residents watched their carefully separated newspapers
go to landfills and municipal waste combustors. Dane County, Wisconsin, temporarily lifted a
ban on landfilling old newspapers after its newspaper broker halved the amount he would
purchase.  Youngstown, Ohia, stopped picking up old newspapers in July 1989 and asked its
residents to store them, although soon it might ask residents to just throw them away (Paul,
1989). Many different programs have been considered by state and federal governments to
stabilize the market for waste paper.
                                        B-27

-------
1976 1977  1978  1979 1980  1981  1982  1983 1984  1985  1986 1987  1988
                               Year
          Consumption
Exports
Total Recovery
        Figure B-10. High-Grade Deinking Paper Industry
        Source: Franklin Associates, Ltd., 1989.
                           B-28

-------
  B.4.1  Incentives

         In an effort to decrease the amount of paper and paperboard products combusted or
  landfffled, federal, state, and local governments have enacted legislation encouraging recycling
  of these products. One such type of state legislation provides incentives targeted toward
  manufacturers using secondary materials. These incentives include tax credits or exemptions,
  grants, low-interest loans, industrial bonds, and accelerated depreciation for recycling equipment
  purchases (EPA, 1988).  This section focuses on subsidies that operate through the tax system.

        The use of investment tax credits is under study by Massachusetts and New York and is
  already available in New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, and Pennsylvania. In Oregon, under the
  Business Energy Tax Credit, companies can write off, over 5 years, 35 percent of the cost of any
  equipment used only for recycling; the Pollution Control Facility Tax credit is available to
  recycling facilities and materials recovery facilities. Both these programs have had minimal
  effects on recycling (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Illinois, New Jersey, and Wisconsin have passed sales tax exemptions. For example, in
 Wisconsin, collectors, processors, and manufacturers that use recycled materials are exempt'from
 paying the state's 5 percent sales tax on equipment that uses recyclables or on the recyclables
 themselves (U.S. Congress, 1989). A study of the tax incentives offered by the state of Illinois
 found that these incentives did not prove effective, because tax liabilities are at most 1 percent of
 sales (EPA, 1988).

        Indiana, Kentucky, North Carolina, and Wisconsin administer property tax exemptions
 that recyclers can claim; California provides a consumption tax credit, and North Carolina allows
 an income tax deduction (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 B.4.2  Procurement

       Governments attempt to stimulate recycling through the procurement practices of their
 offices. The idea is to increase the demand for recycled products by specifying a minimum-
 content standard of recycled materials in certain paper and paperboard products. Most of the
 recycled products the government purchases come from the print/writing and tissue paper grades
 (EPA, 1988).

       As mandated by Section 6002 .of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
EPA published its final revised procurement guidelines for paper products in the June 22 1988 '
Federal Register, requiring any government procurement agencies using federal funds to'comply
                                         B-29

-------
  with minimum content standards in purchasing paper products costing more than $10,000
  annually (Waste Age July, 1989). For example, most printing and writing paper products must be
  composed of at least 50 percent wastepaper and most tissue products composed of 20 to
  40 percent wastepaper (EPA, 1988). The EPA guidelines are generating a great deal of interest
  in expanding mill capacity to use waste paper in the printing and writing grades as well as
  newsprint  The list of mills that are capable of producing recycled products is growing
  constantly in response to the markets created by the guidelines (Keller, 1989).

        Programs at the state level include both set-aside and price preference programs. Set-
  aside programs allocate some fixed portion of the state's purchases to products containing
 recycled material, although the programs usually do not specify a set composition. Price
 preference programs in effect reduce by 5 or 10 percent the price of products containing recycled
 material, thereby allowing the recycled products to compete with virgin products that are
 cheaper. States with active paper procurement programs include California, Connecticut,
 Maryland, New York, Oregon, Rhode Island, and Washington. The following are considering
 similar legislation: Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey,
 Ohio, Texas, and Vermont (EPA, 1988).

 B.4.3   Minimum Content Standards

       Minimum content standards enacted in Connecticut require publishers that print or sell
 more than 40,000 copies of a newspaper in that state to manufacture newsprint containing at least
 40 percent recycled material in at least 20 percent of the newspaper's sheets. The law takes
 effect by 1993 and increases the 40 percent recycled content requirement to 90 percent of the
 newspaper's sheets by 1997.  Connecticut formed a task force to make recommendations on the
 implementation of the policy.  The existing legislation does not include any penalties for
 noncompHance (Paul, 1989).

       In 1988, Florida passed legislation requiring newspaper publishers to pay a tax of
 10 cents per ton of the virgin content of the newsprint they consume.9  This policy went into
effect on January 1,1989. Although the size of the tax is small, it provides a message to
publishers indicating public preference for increased recycling. The recovery rate for
         oS°f neWSPdnt ^ aPPIOXimately $6°°/t0n' ** tax is equal to approximately 0.16 percent of
                                        B-30
i  0

-------
 newspapers in Florida is currently estimated at 30 percent If this recovery rate rises to
 50 percent by 1992, the law will be rescinded; if the recovery rate does not reach 50 percent by
 1992, the tax will increase to 50 cents per ton (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Most recently, California passed legislation in September 1989 that is similar to
 Connecticut's law.  California's law requires publishers to use recycled newsprint for 10 percent
 of their newsprint needs in 1991.  The amount used must increase by 10 percentage points per
 year until a rate of 50 percent is achieved in 1995. Violation of the law is classified as a
 misdemeanor and civil penalties of up to $1,000 per violation may be applied. The state will use
 revenue generated by penalties to  defray the expenses of implementing the law. After the bill
 passed in California, Golden State, the largest user of ONP in California, announced it would
 conduct a preliminary study for a 300,000 ton a year addition to its facility (Kovacks, 1989).

        In addition to these laws, three other states (New York, Illinois, and Wisconsin) have
 legislation pending that would encourage the use of recycled newsprint For example, Wisconsin
 is considering legislation similar to California's law.  The scheduled requirements for the use of
 recycled newsprint are the same as in California. The penalties under the proposed Wisconsin
 law are a function of the violator's total annual expenditures on newsprint and the difference
 between actual recycled newsprint purchases and required purchases. The state will use revenue
 generated by penalties for loans and grants to encourage recycling efforts.

       One problem with state legislation is that newsprint mills are found in just 15 states, and
 only 7 of these currently have facilities for reprocessing old newspapers into newsprint.  To meet
 a given state's requirement for recycling, newspaper publishers will purchase newsprint from the
 least-cost supplier who meets the state's minimum of recycled fiber. So, although a consumer
 purchases a newspaper in one state, the newspaper publisher may produce the newsprint in
 another state. Therefore, any particular state's initiative may not significantly  affect the quantity
 of newspapers discarded in its solid waste stream.  Another problem is the possible proliferation
 of a patchwork of unique state laws affecting a commodity typically traded across state lines.

       At the federal level, Senator Boschwitz has introduced a bill (S1764) requiring certain
newsprint consumers to use a minimum percentage of recycled newsprint. The required
percentage increases over time.  Senators Heinz and Wirth have introduced a bill (S1763) based
on the concept of a marketable permit system that also would encourage the use of recycled
newsprint.
                                         B-31

-------
       House bill 3654, The Newspaper Incentive Recycling Conservation Act, provides a 10
percent investment tax credit for construction of recycling facilities and penalizes large
newspapers (those with circulation of more than 150,000 copies daily) that fail to use recycled
newsprint (Environmental and Energy Study Institute Seminar).

       Conclusions about the level of the eventual use of secondary materials in the paper and
paperboard industry and the stability of secondary markets for paper are very speculative.
Nonetheless, predictions estimate that the use of ONP will increase in the early 1990's. If the
market for ONP expands and stabilizes, perhaps the lessons learned by legislatures and
businesses from the ONP market can be used to develop secondary markets for other grades of
waste paper and paperboard.
                                        B-32

-------
                                      APPENDIX C
                              GLASS INDUSTRY PROFILE

        The glass industry produces three primary products: containers, pressed and blown glass,
 and flat glass. Figure C-l shows the materials flow of the glass industry. These figures are for
 1967 because more recent figures for all flows on the chart were not available. The basic flow of
 the industry remains the same today as in 1967.

        Containers, which make up 70 percent of all glass production and account for 90 percent
 of all glass in municipal solid waste (MSW), include beverage, food, drug, cosmetic, and
 chemical containers (EPA, 1988a).  Container glass is usually one of three colors: flint (clear),
 amber (brown), or green. Glass containers comprise about 65 to 70 percent flint, about
 23 percent amber, and about 13 percent green (EPA, 1988a). Table C-l shows the shipments of
 glass containers by type of container for 1980 through 1986.  A total of 41 billion glass
 containers was shipped in 1986, with beverage containers accounting for over 60 percent of those
 containers. Other sources estimate the total number of glass containers shipped in 1987 and 1988
 at 40.5 billion and 41  billion, respectively, but do not provide a breakdown by container type
 (Franklin Associates,  1988; U.S. Congress, 1989).

       Pressed and blown glass is divided further into three categories: (1) table, kitchen, art,
 and novelty glass; (2) lighting and electronic glass; and (3) glass fiber.  The first category'
 includes tumblers, stemware, tableware, cookware, ornamental and decorative products, novelty
 products, and ashtrays. Lighting and electronic glass includes such items as light bulbs, light
 tubes, and TV tubes. Glass fiber is used for insulation and manufacturing products.

       Hat glass is also divided into three categories: (1) sheet or window glass, (2) plate or
 float glass, and (3) laminated glass. Sheet or window glass is used in buildings. Plate or float
 glass is used in automobiles, doors, and appliances. Laminated glass includes products like
 mirrors.

 C.1  RAW MATERIALS
      The primary raw material for glass production is silica sand.  Other virgin raw materials
 include feldspar, limestone, and natural soda ash.  Although possible, glass is seldom
 manufactured entirely from virgin materials. Instead, glass manufacturers also use cullet, which
is crushed waste glass. Cullet melts at lower temperatures than virgin materials, and using
 8 to 10 percent cullet in the inputs to a glass-making furnace improves the melting efficiency of
the furnace and allows lower furnace temperatures. This results in energy savings, reduced air

                                      C-l     :  -.1

-------
     S
   5
                 0

                 °
        w

1
 w





"co
•*^



I






O
           s


as

r-r-r•

     s:
                   §
                   T- CM

1
ffi
                              1
                                      is
                          §.

                                      aro
                                       co o ITJ
                                      ^OICOOJ
                                       .nt
                                                            t
                                                             ID

                                             CO

                                            a


                                             «s

                                            LL
                                                   -,g
                                                    » e\T
                                                                                          !
                                                                                         Si
                                                                                         co  ^
                                                                                                  • CD



                                                                                                 S ro
                                                                            ro I"

                                                                            .S "
                                                                                                      g.s
                                                                                                      i_ CO
                                                                                                             -

                                                                                                             s
                                                                                        I
                                                                                        o
                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                  I

                                                                                                                  tn
                                                                                                                  CO
                                                                                       Ul

                                                                                       s
                                                          -s i  o  S  «  a.
                                                          .§ J  o -^  c  ^


                                                             •*-•  c. "n? "-^  Is**
                                                             03  §  2  0  05

                                                                  '
^- •
TO
                                                                    8
                                                                                                                  (/>

                                                                                                                  (0

                                                                                                                  CO
                                                                                                             CO



                                                                                                             'x
                                                                                                             o
                                                                   =5 •-

                                                                   1
                                                                            ~    -a
                                                                                  1
                                                                           §
                                                                        ro  J3  o
                    o



                    D)

                    il
                                             C-2

-------
 TABLE C-l. GLASS CONTAINER SHIPMENTS (MILLIONS OF CONTAINERS)
 sssssss=ss==s^^

 Type of Container    1980     1981     1982     1983     1984    1985    1986
Beverages
Soft drinks
Refutable
Nonrefillable
Beer
Refillable
Nonrefillable
Liquor
Wine
Food
Medicinal and
health supplies
Chemical, household,
and industrial
Toiletries and
cosmetics
29,534
8,330
658
7,672
17,666
269
17,396
2,274
1,265
12,857

2,310

470

1,470
29,029
8,676
596
8,080
16,897
226
16,671
2,213
1,244
13,123

2,277

409

1,340
27,511
8,787
537
8,250
15,532
273
15,259
1,981
1,211
13,108

2,231

377

1,248
26,402
9,017
487
8,530
13,982
356
13,626
2,119
1,284
12,713

1,823

257

998
25,459
8,867
302
8,564
13,075
500
12,575
2,018
1,500
13,028

1,914

341

1,011
24,457
8,652
224
8,429
12,064
269
11,795
1,719
2,021
12,054

1,645

282

849
25,592
8,941
N/A
N/A
12,615
N/A
N/A
1,566
2,471
12,640

2,291

696

0
TOTAL
46,641   46,178    44,474   42,194   41,753    39,286  41,219
Source: Department of Commerce (in EPA, 1988a)
                               C-3

-------
 emissions, and extended life of the refractory lining of the furnace (EPA, 1988c). The most
 common mix is 25 percent cullet (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Although cullet is 100 percent recyclable (i.e., one pound of cullet makes one pound of
 new glass), it is not efficient-to use 100 percent cullet in furnace feed. One reason is that cullet
 lacks "fining" agents, which are necessary to reduce bubbles in the glass (U.S. Congress, 1989).
 Most importantly, however, the glass industry has strict specifications for cullet use in glass
 making.  The cullet cannot be contaminated and must be separated by type of glass and color.
 Due to chemical differences, container glass cullet is not suitable for making other types of glass,
 and flat and blown glass cullet is not suitable for making container glass (EPA, 1988c). Color
 separation is critical for container glass. Table C-2 lists specifications for furnace-ready cullet
 for container glass. Because these specifications are so strict, glass manufacturers rely primarily
 on home scrap (scrap glass from their own processes) for cullet, rather than postconsumer
 recycled glass. The composition of home scrap is far more reliable than that of postconsumer
 cullet To use postconsumer cullet, manufacturers must apply rigorous cullet recovery
 techniques to ensure that the cullet meets glass industry specifications.

 C.1.1  Cullet Recovery Techniques
        Techniques for recovering usable cullet from MSW include source separation, optical
 sorting, froth flotation, and hand sorting. The goal of cullet recovery techniques is to produce
 cullet that is color sorted and free of contamination, especially refractory materials (materials that
 don't melt completely in the furnace) and metal. For some applications, color separation is not
 necessary.

        Source separation occurs when consumers separate glass from other recyclables and by
• color. Source separation is inexpensive and provides good gross separation of glass from other
 materials and by color.  Nevertheless, it is not sufficient to meet the strict specifications for cullet
 use. Glass recovered by source separation may still contain contaminants, such as the metal rings
 on many beverage containers. Source separation is, however, a valuable first step.

       An alternative to source separation is hand sorting. In hand sorting, workers sort glass
 pieces to remove contaminants and to separate by color. Larger pieces are easier to sort.  Hand
 sorting probably produces the most reliably contaminant-free, color-sorted cullet, but it is very
 labor intensive. Hand sorting most often occurs at materials recovery facilities that receive clean
 commingled recyclable materials.
                                       C-4

-------
  TABLE C-2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURNACE-READY CULLET
  •  Only container glass is acceptable.
  •  Permissible color mix levels:
    - flint glass
          95-100% flint; 0-5% amber; 0-1% green; 0-5% other colors
    - amber glass
          90-100% amber; 0-10% flint; 0-10% green; 0-5% other colors
    - green glass
          80-100% green; 0-20% amber; 0-10% flint or Georgia green; 0-5% other colors
 •  Glass must be free of excessive moisture.
 •  Glass must be free of any refractory materials.  Can be rejected for any of the following
    reasons:                                                                     °
    -  presence of any pottery, porcelain, china, dinnerware, brick, tile, or clay larger than 1 inch;
-  presence of more than two grains of quartzite, sandstone, or sand pebbles larger than U S
   16 mesh per 10 pounds of sample;
                                         's- 20 mesh m morc "-1 50
-  presence of any alumina silicate refractory heavy minerals larger than U.S. 30 mesh or
   more than 10 grains larger than U.S. 40 mesh per 10 pounds of sample;
-  presence of any alumina refractory heavy minerals larger than U.S. 40 mesh;
-  presence of zircon, cassiterite, chrome, or similar refractory particles larger than U.S. 60
   nicsn*
£a?on*USt ^ freC °f mCtalliC ^S1"61"8 md obJects- C311 be ^^ted for any of the following
-  presence of any metal fragments or objects larger than 1 .5 inches.
                                  particle or object larger
                                                                      but less *"* L5
                             metaUiC ParticleS OT °bjects less ±an 3/8 mch Per 50 P°unds of
•  Gullet should be free of wire, staples, nails, bolts, welding rods, and other similar objects.
•  Metallic foil from bottle labels will not be considered as metallic contamination.
                                                                                    of
• Large amounts of excessively decorated glass must be kept separate.
Source: Brockway, Inc. (in EPA, 1988)
                                      C-5

-------
        Optical sorting first separates transparent (glass) and opaque (presumably non-glass)
 particles, then sorts the transparent particles by color. The particles fall one at a time past a light
 source and photocell, which registers the intensity of light transmitted through the particle. An
 electronic component of the system determines whether the particle is acceptable, based on the
 photocell response. If the particle is unacceptable, a small burst of air deflects it from the flow of
 particles into a reject bin.  The system is fairly successful in separating flint from non-flint glass
 .and in separating glass and non-glass refractory materials (EPA, 1988c).  It is less efficient at
 separating green and amber glass. Optical sorting has not found wide application and is
 considered infeasible for large-scale use because the equipment is expensive.  On a commercial
 scale, it is unable to meet the cullet specifications of the glass container industry.

        Froth flotation is used to separate finely ground glass and non-glass particles.  The system
 is based on the tendency of hydrophobic particles to float to the surface of an aqueous system.
 An aqueous mixture of very fine glass and non-glass particles is treated with a hydrophobic
 compound that selectively adheres to the glass particles. When air is blown through the mixture,
 the glass floats to the surface and may be skimmed off, while the non-glass particles sink to the
 bottom. No practical method exists to color-sort the cullet resulting from froth flotation; the
 particles are too  fine for optical or hand sorting. Particles could be optically sorted, then ground
 up and froth floated, but this is not economically viable under present market conditions.
 Because most post-consumer glass is recycled into containers (see below), and the specifications
 are strict, color separation is essential. Optical sorting and froth flotation are ineffective at
 sorting glass  by color. Community glass recycling programs unsurprisingly require hand sorting.
 C.2
PRODUCTS CONTAINING RECYCLED POSTCONSUMER MATERIALS
       Glass containers account for 90 percent of recycled cullet use. The two largest existing
uses for the remaining 10 percent are in the manufacture of small glass beads or microspheres for
use in reflective paint for road signs and in the manufacture of glass wool insulation (Papke,
1983). A variety of other uses are also possible, but not currently in common use, although
glasphalt is a topic of much publicity.

C.2.1  Glass Containers
       The glass industry produces about 11 million tons of glass containers each year. These
containers consist, on the average, of about 20 to 25 percent cullet.  About 2.5 million tons per
year of cullet is used to produce glass containers, of which about 1.3 million tons is
postconsumer cullet (U.S. Congress, 1989). Another source estimates about 1.1 million tons of
                                      C-6

-------
 postconsumer glass was recovered in 1986 (Franklin Associates, 1988). Consumers discarded
 about 12.9 million tons of glass in 1986, accounting for about 8 percent of all MSW.  The
 estimated 1.1 to 1.3 million tons of postconsumer glass recovered in 1986 represents a recycling
 rate of about 10 percent (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Most glass containers are made for beverages (soft drinks, beer, wine, and liquor) and
 food. Beer and soft drink containers may be refillable or one-way (non-refillable).  Arefillable
 bottle is about 50 percent heavier than a one-way bottle and is designed for about ten round trips
 (EPA, 1988c)? Until 1975, refillable bottles dominated the market, but one-way bottles took over
 around 1981. One-way bottles became increasingly popular as consumers increased their demand
 for convenience products and refillable bottles became unable to compete effectively with one-
 way glass bottles and aluminum and plastic containers. Refillable bottles used to be filled at small
 bottling plants located near every metropolitan area, but industry moved away from small plants
 toward larger regional plants. Since 1975, the number of bottling plants in the U.S. has dropped
 from 3,000 to less than 300 (EPA, 1988c). One source estimates that more than half the glass
 produced in the U.S. is used for products with a lifespan of less than one year.

       There is a trend toward increasing the percentage of cullet in containers to around
 40 percent, and it is theoretically possible to use 100 percent cullet in glass making (EPA,
 1988c). -But two important barriers to increased cullet use are quantity and quality.  Glass
 manufacturers prefer a stable supply of high-quality cullet to achieve high percentages of cullet
 usage. It is not feasible to operate a furnace at 20 percent cullet one week and 50 percent the
 next, and they would need to stockpile cullet to even the flow.  Therefore, one realistic influence
 on cullet use is the amount that can be supplied on a regular basis.

       Cullet quality also is a crucial issue and perhaps the most important one. Glass
 manufacturers fear "foreign" cullet (i.e., not home scrap) because its composition is less well
 known. Industry specifications for foreign cullet (shown in Table C-2) are very strict.  Foreign
 cullet may be contaminated with metals, refractory materials, and noncontainer glass. In addition
 to damaging the furnace and other equipment, cullet that contains these materials may produce
 glass of unacceptable quality.  Metals and refractory materials can cause stones in the glass,
 which weaken the glass and may even be visible if large enough. Noncontainer glass generally
 has a different chemical composition than container glass.  Small quantities of flat glass in cullet
 are acceptable if the chemical composition is known, but it seldom is. Therefore, container
manufacturers are reluctant to buy cullet known to contain noncontainer glass. Foreign cullet
also may contain glass of another color. This can result in off-color glass, especially when the
glass being produced is flint glass. (Amber glass is less sensitive to mixed colored cullet, and

                                      C-7       •.  >       : '

-------
 green glass is fairly insensitive.) Consumers generally will not tolerate color variations in glass
 containers, so glass manufacutrers will use post-consumer cullet only if they are confident they
 can get reliably high-quality cullet. Therefore, improved collection and beneficiation processes
 are necessary to increase the percentage of postconsumer cullet used by glass manufacturers
 (U.S. Congress, 1989).

        Some glass plants have their own beneficiation facilities. These facilities grind the glass,
 remove metals, and clean the cullet. There were 25 of these facilities in the U.S. in April 1988,
 and 3 more were expected to be operational by the end of 1988.  Such facilities cost $500,000 to
 $1 million to build. As more glass is recycled, more of these facilities are expected to be built to
 ensure consistent cullet quality (U.S. Congress, 1989). While these systems are good at
 removing metal, they generally cannot remove all non-metal contaminants, and there is no
 commercially successful equipment for color-sorting crushed glass (EPA, 1988c).  Some
 facilities use hand sorting to color sort and remove refractory materials. In general, source
 separation is more effective for color sorting than separation at a MRF because of container
 breakage at the facility (U.S. Congress, 1989).

       Mixed-color cullet can be used in the manufacture of container glass to some extent.
 Green glass is relatively insensitive to the presence of glass of other colors in cullet. Even flint
 glass can tolerate some color contamination if enough pure cullet (e.g., from home scrap) is also
 used. Also, chemical additives counteract the effect of the pigments hi green and amber glass,
 but the composition of the cullet must be well known to use this approach.

       The market value of cullet for container manufacturers depends on the degree of color
 sorting and the geographic area of the country.  In  1989, final market cullet prices were fairly
 stable, around $40  to $60 per ton of color-sorted cullet. Proximity to a high concentration of
 glass producers, such as in the New Jersey/Pennsylvania area, may increase the value of cullet.
 Also, in California, state interventions in recycling have pushed the value of cullet up as high as
 $132 per ton (Apotheker, 1989b).

       The market for glass containers should continue to remain stable  and possibly increase,
despite competition from aluminum and plastic, due to the high-quality image of glass, its
microwaveability, and its recyclability (U.S. Congress, 1989). Another factor in favor of
increased cullet use is the increasing price of industrial sand, the primary raw virgin material  in
glass. These increased prices reflect higher mining costs and increasing demand (U S Congress
1989).
                                      C-8

-------
  C.2.2 Other Products

        Most other products can be made from flat glass cullet as well as container glass. Flat
  glass may be contaminated with putty and paint (from window glass), ceramics, and headlight
  glass. This does not cause problems in some applications, like glasphalt, but does in others, such
  as fiberglass (EPA, 1988c).

  C.22.1 Glass Beads

        In 1983, manufacturers used over 50,000 tons of cullet to make small glass beads or
  microspheres for use in reflective paint for road signs. The manufacture of these beads uses
  100 percent cullet in most cases and can use flat glass cullet as well as container glass cullet
 There is an increasing market for these spheres for other applications (for example, to replace
 glass fiber in reinforced plastics) (Papke, 1983).

 C32.2 Glass Wool Insulation

        Another existing use for cullet is glass wool insulation. Only one glass wool insulation
 manufacturer uses cullet in 1983, with cuUet composing 20 to 50 percent of the inputs. The use
 of cullet in glass wool manufacture was expected to expand rapidly as larger, more reliable  •
 supplies of cullet became available (Papke, 1983).

 C.23,3 Glasphalt

        Glasphalt is a substitute for asphalt that uses 30 to 60 percent glass cullet in place of rock
 aggregate. The cullet need not be color sorted, only free of metal, plastic, and labels.  Glasphalt
 has been shown to wear well in test strips, but there is some indication that it is only appropriate
 for lower speed roadways due to decreased traction at higher speeds.  Glasphalt also "strips" for a
 short period after it is applied, leaving small pieces of glass on the surface. While this poses no
 threat, it is apparently disturbing to the public. The only widespread use of glasphalt has been in
 Baltimore, Maryland, where it is used for aesthetic purposes (it sparkles, unlike regular asphalt)
 in renovated areas of the city. The U.S. uses about 1 billion tons of asphalt each year, so the
 potential of glasphalt would seem to be great. Nevertheless, there are economic barriers to its
 use. The cost of rock aggregate, the raw material being replaced, is low ($2 to $6 per ton), so
 that glass cullet has no greater value than rock aggregate in this application.  The city of
Baltimore has actually found that glasphalt costs more than regular asphalt, but they have been
willing to pay more for glasphalt's aesthetic properties. Even with the aesthetic qualities of
                                       C-9

-------
  glasphalt, the use of glass in glasphalt probably will not increase unless the market for use of
  glass in containers (where it has a much higher value) decreases (U.S. Congress, 1989).

  O2.2.4 Building and Construction Uses
        Gullet can be used in a variety of construction products, such as clay brick, tile, masonry
  brick, glascrcte, lightweight aggregate for concrete and plastics, glass-polymer composites, and
  foamglas. Gullet is used in crushed form in most of these applications and substitutes for rock or
  clay aggregate. Glass cullet can increase strength and attractiveness while decreasing weight in
  these products. This could potentially be a large market for cullet, but it will be limited by the
  same economic realities as the glasphalt market: the rock aggregate being replaced generally has
  a cost of only $2 to $6 per ton (Papke, 1983). One exception is the use of cullet as a fluxing
  agent in clay brick. In this case, it not only replaces some of the raw materials, but allows the
  bricks to be fired at a lower temperature, reducing energy costs (EPA, 1988c).
         In-House Recycling
        Industrially derived waste glass (produced largely by businesses that make, shape, or treat
 glass) is often recycled in-house and is known as "runaround" scrap. In-house recycling efforts
 separate glass by product type, rather than color.  Because different types of flat "glass may have
 significantly different chemical composition and melting properties, mixing different types could
 produce cullet unusable for either type (EPA, 1988c).

 C3    CURRENT AND HISTORICAL STATISTICS ON SECONDARY MATERIALS
        Table C-3 shows the amount of glass discarded in MS W (after materials recovery, before
 energy recovery) from 1960 to 1986, with projections for 1990 to 2000. The table breaks down
 figures into container and noncontainer1 glass, further breaking down container glass into beer
 and soft drink, wine and liquor, and food and other. In 1986, U.S. consumers discarded 11.8
 million tons of glass, accounting for 8.4 percent of MSW. Glass containers accounted for 10.7
 million tons (or 91 percent) of the total glass discarded and 7.6 percent of all MSW.  The 11.8
" million tons of glass discarded does not include 1.1 million tons of glass recovered from MSW.
 The 1.1  million tons recovered accounts for 8.5 percent of gross glass discards (12.9  million
 tons) (Franklin Associates, 1988).
 1 TJe "on
-------
 I
 o
td

I
H
 6
8
!S
Q
W
U
23
Q

en
3
        OS
        32
       ON

       g


       VO
      o
      •8
               oo
               o
               ~* o\
               CJ
                      "O
              - o
              -H  in
              -0
                     oo
                     1-'
              00
              ^< «   o
              2 o   vd
              SI
              f-N O
                0
             0
             oo
             10
                     0

                     VO
                     o\
                    V)

                    pi

                    .•a

                    I
                    1
                     I
                    m
                             p
                             g
                             pi
                             pi
                             PJ
PJ
pi
                             pi
                            Tf

                            PJ
                            O
                            pi
                            O\

                                    OO
                                    oo
                                            es
               2«
                                           ss
                                              o
                                           o «?»
                                           2 oo
                                              o
              s
              —
                                           °A


                                           "
                                                    PI
                                                    pi
                                                     en
                                                    00
                                                    PJ
                                                    pi 05
                                                    -oo
00

PJ
                                                    en O\
                                                    K-t  O
                                                    S -4
                       «o
                                                   \o
                                                   e
ery.
.

ections.

entofMSW.
                                                             % T3 01 -•
                                                             |i.||


                                                             l^ll
                                                             8 es &<

                                                             i^-i
                                                             1^ II
                                                               X, 0

                                                             « J3 Z OO
                                 C-ll

-------
       There are no data on how much glass remains in the MSW stream after energy recovery.
 Glass is noncombustible and abrasive to processing equipment, and it forms a slag in the furnace
 (EPA, 1988c).

       The amount of all glass discarded to MSW increased from 1960 to 1981, then decreased
 until 1986. Container glass accounted for most of this increase; noncontainer glass discards were
 stable between 1981 and 1986. Container glass discards were predicted to jump between 1986
 and 1990, then gradually decrease until 2000. Noncontainer discards are predicted to continue to
 be stable until 2000. As a percentage of all MSW, container glass peaked at 10.6 percent in 1975
 and is now declining. Noncontainer glass has consistently accounted for about 0.8 percent of all
 MSW since 1970 (Franklin Associates, 1988).

       These patterns for container glass reflect the popularity of glass bottles in the 1970's and
 the increased competition from aluminum and plastic in the  1980's. Glass offers several qualities
 that should help to maintain its market share:
       • high consumer acceptance,
       • image of purity and prestige,
       • use in microwave ovens,
       • barrier properties, and
       • recyclability.

 A 1987 consumer survey indicated that 34 percent prefer glass bottles for soft drinks and
 60 percent prefer glass bottles for beer. (By comparison, 31  and 34 percent expressed a
 preference for metal cans for soft drinks and beer respectively) (EPA, 1988c).

 C.4    RECENT MARKET INTERVENTIONS BY FEDERAL AND STATE
       GOVERNMENTS

 C.4.1  Beverage Container Deposit Legislation (Bottle Bills)
       Bottle bill laws require the consumer to pay a deposit on beverage containers, which can
 be redeemed by returning the bottles to the retailer. Such laws have replaced once-common
 bottler-promoted deposit programs. Nine states (Connecticut, Delaware, Iowa, Maine,
 Massachusetts, Michigan, New York, Oregon, and Vermont) have enacted bottle bills and 23
others are considering such legislation.  Decreased Uttering and increased awareness of recycling
behavior are usually cited as the advantages of bottle bill laws. One study suggests that up to
90 percent of discarded glass containers have been diverted from the MSW waste stream by
bottle bill legislation (EPA, 1988c).
                                    C-12

-------
        Bottle bills, however, appear to have a negative effect on the glass industry. Bottle bills
 tend to encourage a shift from glass containers to plastic and aluminum, for two reasons: most
 retail outlets do not have adequate storage space on the premises to handle returned glass bottles,
 and consumers in states with bottle bills also seem to prefer the easier handling of lightweight
 plastic and aluminum. Thus, while one goal of bottle bills is to divert glass from landfills and
 encourage recycling, bottle bills instead encourage a market shift to less recyclable products
 (plastic) (EPA, 1988c). Bottle bills may encourage a shift to refillable glass bottles, as in New
 York in 1984, when the market share forrefillables increased from 5.1 percent to 6 percent.
 Nevertheless, nonrefillables suffered a much greater loss of market share, from 27.9 percent to
 18.9 percent (EPA, 1988c).

       Another result of bottle bill legislation is that glass markets may flood, sharply decreasing
 the price for waste glass. Some experts say that only green glass markets flood, while flint glass
 markets remain stable. Regional differences in these phenomena exist; for example, West Coast
 states do not seem to have experienced the market flooding and container purchase shifts that
 states on the East Coast have (EPA, 1988c).

       Bottle bill legislation removes glass, a secondary commodity for which proven recycling
 technologies exist, from the waste stream without significantly decreasing the solid waste stream.
 In addition, excluding beverage containers from a mandatory curbside collection program can
 have a significant cost, because glass is an important commodity for such programs (EPA
 1988c).

 C.4.2  Summary of State Recycling Programs
       Table 04 summarizes current state glass recycling programs in nine states and the
District of Columbia. The states included are California, Florida, Indiana, Maryland, North
Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Virginia, and Wisconsin. Most of these programs rely
on public information and education to promote voluntary collection or buyback. Where
statistics are available, the programs have a discernible effect. Another eight states are
considering such programs:  Arkansas, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana, Montana, New Mexico,
Oklahoma, and Texas.
                                     C-13

-------
        Fourteen states2 have enacted legislation encouraging or requiring municipalities to
 implement community recycling programs. Three states3 have mandatory source separation
 programs.

        The New Jersey law is an example of government intervention that stimulates a reliable
 supply of marketable cullet. New Jersey passed the Mandatory Statewide Source Separation and
 Recycling Act in April 1987. This law requires counties to appoint a district recycling
 coordinator; identify three recyclables (in addition to leaves) as designated recyclables for the
 district; and develop a strategy for collecting, marketing, and depositing the source-separated
 materials in each municipality. Counties must solicit proposals for processing and marketing
 recycled materials and enter into contracts on behalf of the municipalities for these activities.
 The law requires municipalities to appoint a local recycling director, provide a collection system,
 and adopt ordinances requiring generators of MSW to separate the designated recyclables at the
 source (EPA, 1988c). Because source separation remains one of the most effective ways to color
 sort glass cullet, such programs should increase not only the quantity of cullet recycled, but the
 quality of the cullet as well. Color-separated cullet has a much higher market value than mixed-
 color cullet.
2 Connecticut, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York Oregon
  Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Washington, and Wisconsin.                                     '
3 Connecticut, New Jersey, and Rhode Island.
                                      C-14

-------
 TABLE C-4. SUMMARY OF STATE GLASS RECYCLING PROGRAMS

 California
    •  California Beverage Container Recycling and Litter Reduction Act
        - Effective September 1, 1987.
        - Guarantees consumers at least 1 cent per recycled beverage container.
        - Mandates 65 percent recycling rate.
        - Mandates establishment of certified recycling centers in each of 2000 "convenience
         zones  (an area within a half mile of any grocery store doing over $2 million worth of
         business per year).
    •  California Glass Recycling Corporation
        - Sponsored by the glass industry.
        - Over 500 collection banks operated statewide.
        - Public information and technical assistance programs.
        - Phoenix Program: collection from commercial establishments, such as bars and
         restaurants. Earning establishments $20/ton.
 Florida
    •  Florida Glass Recycling Program
       - Established spring 1986.
       - Supported by glass industry.
       - Educational programs directed at school children to promote voluntary recycling.
       - Theme-related recycling centers; Goodwill Industries opened one with an agricultural
        theme and collected 2 million tons of glass in one year.  Goodwill plans 15 more.theme-
        related centers statewide.
    •  Florida Business and Industry Recycling Program
       - Statistics show increase of 19 percent in glass collections hi  1986.
       - Brought about by 57 recycling organizations.
       - Revenues to recyclers for collected glass in 1986 estimated at $1.6 million.
Indiana
   •  Indiana Glass Recycling Association
       - Established summer 1987.
       - Backed by five major glass manufacturers in the state.
                  0^ and promotional materials to increase number of recycling centers that
      - Distributes the "Great Glass Caper" school curriculum to fourth-grade classes. The
                                   °f **" ^^ tO pr°m°te *"*«* and Pupation in
                                                                            continued
                                     C-15

-------
 TABLE C-4. SUMMARY OF STATE GLASS RECYCLING PROGRAMS
 (CONTINUED)


 Maryland, Virginia, District of Columbia

    • Mid-Atlantic Glass Recycling Program

       -Established in 1987.

       - Goal is to increase public awareness and participation in existing glass recycling
         activities.

       - Maryland: 13 buyback centers, 32 voluntary drop-off locations, pilot curbside collection
         program in Anne Arundel County. State legislation mandates municipal solid waste
         reduction through source separation and recycling.

       - Virginia: 29 buyback centers, 19 voluntary drop-off locations in 1987.

       - Washington, DC: Operation Igloo—Glass Recycling. Places glass drop-off sites at
         local churches, revenues benefit host churches.

 North Carolina,'South Carolina

    • Carolina Glass Recycling Program
       - Established June 1986.

       - In 1986 only 9 recyclers in both states accepted recycled glass.

       - Established glass recycling network of 65 organizations in 1987.

       - In 1986, about 1 million glass containers recycled per month. In 1987, up to 8 million.

 Pennsylvania

    • Pennsylvania Glass Recycling Corporation (PGRC)
       - Established in late 1985.

       - Pennsylvania has 2nd largest number of glass manufacturing plants in U.S. (behind
         California); ready market and skyrocketing waste disposal costs led to establishment of
         PGRC.

       - Delaware County, May 1987, placed Igloo containers at 22 sites. By December 1987,
        •82 tons of cullet were collected. By spring 1988,48 Igloos placed.

       - Theme-based recycling center operated by Goodwill in Harrisburg.

       - Buyback centers encouraged; one collected the equivalent of 1.1 million 12-ounce
         bottles from summer  1986 to winter 1987.

       - Involved in bringing a glass processing facility to Chester, Pennsylvania, where glass is
         cleaned, crushed, and checked for contaminants.

Wisconsin

    •  Wisconsin Glass Recycling Program
       - Established April 1987.

       - Established a cooperative agreement between glass manufacturing plants and recycling
        organizations to guarantee market for recycled glass.

       - Existing recycling centers encouraged to accept glass.

       - "Great Glass Caper" curriculum distributed throughout the state.
                                     C-16

-------
                                    APPENDIX D
                         ALUMINUM INDUSTRY PROFILE

       The primary aluminum industry produces aluminum alloys in three basic categories:
 wrought alloys, casting alloys, and extrusion alloys (Alter and Reeves, 1975). Each category
 comprises a variety of different alloys, defined by the percentage of non-aluminum elements
 such as silicon, iron, manganese, magnesium, copper, titanium, zinc, and chromium. For
 example, in 1975 there were 150 registered wrought alloys and 75 registered casting alloys (Alter
 and Reeves, 1975). Small differences in an alloy's composition can affect its properties
 significantly, and specific alloys may be patented. Aluminum alloys are produced in a variety of
 forms, including ingot, sheet, billet, hot metal, notched bar, and shot (JACA, 1977a). In 1989,
 the primary aluminum industry produced about 4.4 million tons of aluminum. U.S.
 manufacturers imported another 1.7 million tons, primarily from Canada (U.S. Bureau of Mines,
 1989). Table D-l shows primary production and import levels for aluminum for 1985 through
 1989.
TABLE D-l. ALUMDJUM PRODUCTION, IMPORTS, AND EXPORTS, 1985 TO 1989
             (MILLIONS OF TONS)
                          1985
1986
1987
1988
                                                                         1989
Production
Primary
Secondary
Total
Imports
Exports

3.9
0.9
4.8
1.6
1.0

3.3
0.9
4.2
2.2
0.8

3.7
0.9
4.6
2.0
1.0

4.3
1.1
5.5
1.8
1.4

4.4
1.2
5.6
1.7
1.7
Apparent Consumption3    5.7
 5.7
 6.0
 5.9
                                                                          5.6
  K£^nSaTPtJ°" 7 P™wyProdK*»> + secondary production + net import reliance. Net import reliance
  includes an adjustment for Government and industry stock changes.                           «!*"«;
Source: U.S. Bureau of Mines, 1989.
                                       D-l
          ,). i

-------
       Manufacturers use primary aluminum to produce a wide variety of products in the
 following major categories:
       • packaging,
       • transportation,
       • building and construction,
       • electrical,                      -
       • consumer durables, and
       • other.

 Packaging consumes 31 percent of domestic production and includes food and beverage cans,
 semi-rigid foil containers, and aluminum foil. Transportation uses consume 24 percent of
 domestic production and includes parts for automobiles and aircraft. Building and construction
 claims 20 percent of production for products like aluminum siding. Electrical accounts for
 10 percent of consumption and includes aluminum wire.  Consumer durables account for
 9 percent of consumption for products like appliances. Finally, other uses consume 6 percent of
 domestic production for products like lawn furniture (U.S. Bureau of Mines, 1989; all figures
 1989).

       Packaging in general and used beverage cans in particular account for most of the
 aluminum in municipal solid waste (MSW); in 1988 used beverage cans accounted for 76 to
 79 percent of all aluminum in MSW. Other packaging, appliances, and lawn furniture accounted
 for the remainder (U.S. Congress, 1989). Aluminum from the other product types listed above is
 fairly uncommon in MSW; therefore, this profile will focus on packaging products.

       Within the aluminum packaging sector, 82 percent of shipments in 1988 (about 1.8
 million tons) were used to manufacture can sheet for beverage and food cans.  The rest was used
 to produce foil for semi-rigid containers, packaging, and consumer use (U.S. Congress, 1989).

 D.I    RAW MATERIALS
       Primary aluminum is produced from bauxite, an ore containing, 30 to 50 percent hydrated
 aluminum oxide (JACA, 1977a).  Dissolving the bauxite in a strong alkali solution produces
 alumina, which is an important intermediate in aluminum production. Next, a procedure called
 smelting is used to process the alumina into aluminum. In the smelting process, the alumina is
dissolved in a molten bath of cryolite, which is a sodium-aluminum-fluoride compound, and then
converted to 99.7 percent pure aluminum by electrolysis with an anode paste of petroleum coke
and coal tar pitch. The pure aluminum is then alloyed with various other elements to produce
                                         D-2

-------
 aluminum alloy.  The procedure requires about four to five pounds of bauxite to make two
 pounds of alumina, which make about one pound of aluminum (JACA, 1977a).

       The U.S. relies heavily on imports for the raw materials to produce aluminum. In 1989,
 only three companies in the U.S. owned bauxite mines, with a combined production of about 0.7
 million tons. By comparison, the U.S. imported 13.9 million tons of bauxite (primarily from
 Guinea, Jamaica, and Australia).  The U.S. produced about 5.6 million tons of alumina from
 domestic and imported bauxite, while importing 4.7 million tons of alumina (primarily from
 Australia) (U.S. Bureau of Mines, 1989). Although substitutes do exist for bauxite in the
 production of alumina (clay, alunite, anorthosite, coal wastes, and oil shale), none are
 economically feasible on a commercial scale (U.S. Bureau of Mines, 1989; JACA, 1977a).

       Although bauxite has no economic substitute in the production of alumina, scrap
 aluminum is a readily available, highly economic substitute for alumina. Scrap aluminum can be
 melted down and alloyed to produce secondary aluminum, which is indistinguishable from
 primary aluminum.  [Aluminum is referred to as primary or secondary to identify the process by
 which it was made (U.S. Congress, 1989)]. Using domestic aluminum scrap reduces U.S.
 dependence on foreign virgin materials for aluminum production (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e).
 Table D-l shows secondary aluminum production from 1985 through 1989.

       Using aluminum scrap  to produce aluminum also offers several other economic benefits.
 Primary aluminum production is an energy- and capital-intensive process. Electricity can
 account for up to half the cost of producing primary aluminum from alumina. Using scrap
 aluminum to make primary aluminum saves about 90 to 95 percent of the energy costs, or about
 7.5 kwh per pound of aluminum (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e). In addition, energy is required to
 mine, beneficiate, and transport raw materials for production of aluminum from alumina.
 Transporting foreign raw materials to the U.S. costs between $3 and $18 per ton (U.S. Congress,
 1989). Clearly, using scrap aluminum results in significant energy cost savings, as well as
 capital cost savings.  A facility to melt scrap aluminum and produce secondary aluminum takes
 about half the time to build and costs about one-tenth that of a primary aluminum  production
facility of the same size (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e). The average world cost to build a new
primary aluminum plant is $2,700 to $3,600 per ton of capacity. By comparison, the cost of
three new secondary plants currently being built in the U.S. is $123 to $417 per ton of capacity
(U.S. Congress, 1989; Solid Waste Report, 1989).

      Purchased aluminum scrap is generally divided into two categories: new scrap and old
scrap. New scrap consists of industrial scrap such as clippings, forgings, borings,  turnings,
                                        D-3

-------
 drosses, and skimmings. Old scrap consists of discarded consumer products and also may be
 called postconsumer scrap (Kusik and Kenahan, 1978). Because this report focuses on the
 recovery of materials from MS W, this profile focuses on old or postconsumer scrap.

 D.I.I Recovery of Aluminum from MS W
       Packaging comprises most of the aluminum in MSW, with lawn furniture and appliances
 accounting for the rest (U.S. Congress, 1989).  EPA specifications for aluminum recovery from
 MSW recommend recovering two fractions: aluminum cans and foil and miscellaneous
 extrusions, castings, etc. (Alter and Reeves, 1975). The specifications for the can and foil
 fraction (the more valuable of the two) are as follows:
       •  100 percent retained on a 12 mesh screen
       •  Free of heavy media
       •  Dried before shipment
       •  Not obviously corroded
       •  Appropriate alloy composition

 Methods for processing MSW to recover aluminum include source separation, heavy media
 separation, eddy current separation, and electrostatic separation. In addition to these processes, a
 magnetic sorter is used to remove steel and other ferrous (i.e., magnetic) metals.

       Source separation is the simplest way to remove aluminum from MSW. Residents
 separate aluminum and take it to a recycling center or to a drop-off area, where they may receive
 about 26 cents per pound  Or aluminum may be picked up by curbside recycling programs.
 Most aluminum recycling centers only accept beverage cans (by far the largest source of
 aluminum in MSW), although some accept other aluminum packaging and lawn furniture.  Steel
 cans are removed by magnetic sorter (Siberg, 1982). Source-separated aluminum contains steel
 cans, but this contaminant is easily removed. Where the contamination is greater, as in one-
 stream and two-stream recycling programs, the removal of contaminants is more sophisticated.

       Heavy media separation uses differences in specific gravity to separate aluminum from
 other materials in MSW. The materials to be separated are placed in a liquid with a specific
 gravity greater than some materials  and less than others so that some materials sink and some
 float Aluminum is separated from other MSW through three steps: (1) water (specific gravity =
 1) to clean and remove very light materials; (2) ethylene dibromide (specific gravity = 2) to
remove organic materials; and (3) one of several liquids with a specific gravity around 2.8 in
which aluminum, some glass, and some stones float and all other MSW sinks. The float from the
                                        D-4

-------
 last step is crushed to break up glass and stones, then screened to isolate the aluminum (Siberg,
 1982).

        Eddy current separation removes non-ferrous metals (primarily aluminum, but also some
 copper and zinc). Generally, paper, light plastics, ferrous metals, glass, ceramics, dirt, and food
 waste have already been removed prior to eddy current separation, leaving a mixture of non-
 ferrous metal, wood, cardboard, heavy plastic, rubber, and rags. These are ground to a uniform
 particle size and moved down a slide through a magnetic, or eddy current, field. Because non-
 ferrous metals are electrical conductors they are affected by the field and deflected to one side,
 where they can be captured separately. Eddy current separation generally removes about
 70 percent of the non-ferrous metal in a sample and produces a product that is greater than
 90 percent pure non-ferrous metals.  An eddy current separator can process about three tons of
 waste per hour per meter of slide width (Siberg, 1982; Schloemann, 1982).

       In electrostatic separation, particles of nonferrous metal, wood, etc. are dried and placed
 in a grounded drum equipped with an electrode. Particles receive a positive charge and adhere to
 the drum. Electrical conductors (i.e., non-ferrous metals) quickly lose the charge, drop off, and
 are collected. Remaining material is scraped off the drum and rejected.  The output of this
 process may include some copper, zinc, and iron, as well as aluminum (Siberg, 1982).

 D.2   PRODUCTS CONTAINING RECYCLED POSTCONSUMER MATERIALS
       The aluminum beverage can is by far the largest component of aluminum in MSW, and
 by the same token it is the dominant product of recycled aluminum.  Recyclers generally return
 used beverage cans directly to can sheet manufacturers to be made into more cans. Other forms
 of reclaimed aluminum are generally used to make secondary aluminum, which can be used to
 make virtually any product that can be made from primary aluminum. The U.S. also exports
 aluminum scrap and secondary aluminum, primarily to Japan and Mexico.

 D.2.1  Beverage and Food Cans

       In 1988, manufacturers shipped 78 billion aluminum beverage cans to retailers;
 consumers returned 54.6 percent of these (43.5 billion cans) for recycling (for 0.8 million tons of
 aluminum). Used beverage cans account for 76 to 79 percent of the aluminum in MSW, and the
 aluminum recovered from MSW comes almost entirely from used beverage cans. Can sheet
manufacturers used 93 percent of the used beverage cans recovered from MSW in 1988 to make
new can sheet (U.S. Congress, 1989).
                                        D-5

-------
        The aluminum beverage can was introduced in 1963. In 1964 it claimed 2 percent of the
 market share of canned beverages; in 1989 it held 96 percent of the canned beverage market
 (99.9 percent of canned beer and 93 percent of canned soft drinks). Bimetal steel cans (steel
 body, aluminum end) hold the remainder of the canned beverage market (Alcoa, 1989a through
 1989e). In the entire beverage container market in 1988, aluminum cans had a 50 percent market
 share. The remaining 50 percent was divided among glass (25 percent), plastic (20 percent), and
 steel (5 percent) (U.S. Congress, 1989). Market share growth for aluminum cans is expected to
 slow, partly due to capacity restraints on the production of can stock and partly due to increased
 competition from plastic. The amount of competition from plastic containers will depend on
 manufacturers' success in increasing the recyclability of plastic (U.S. Congress, 1989; Phoenix
 Quarterly). Demand for aluminum beverage cans is expected to remain strong; aluminum is a
 cost-effective packaging material that chills quickly, preserves flavor, and is light, strong,
 unbreakable, and stackable (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e; U.S. Congress, 1989).

       Aluminum can sheet also is used to make food cans, although aluminum has not
 penetrated the food can market to the extent it has the beverage can market Aluminum food
 cans account for about 10 percent of the 28 million food cans shipped in 1989. Food products
 commonly packed in aluminum cans include seafoods, meats, snacks, pudding, soups, fruits,
 vegetables, and pet foods. The advantages of aluminum food cans include convenience, product
 compatibility, stackability, recyclability, strength, dent resistance, and competitive cost. As a
 result of these factors, aluminum is expected to gain an increasing market share of the food can
 market (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e).

       Used beverage cans enjoy a very stable market in the manufacture of new can sheet.
 Using scrap aluminum as a substitute for virgin materials has strong economic incentives (as
 discussed previously) to produce aluminum products, especially when the composition of the
 scrap is well known, as it is for scrap from used beverage cans. Therefore, aluminum can sheet
 manufacturers virtually always buy aluminum can scrap (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e).

D.2.2  Other Secondary Aluminum Products
      *        *
      Reclaimed aluminum that is not used directly by can sheet manufacturers is used by
secondary smelters to make secondary aluminum. About 90 percent of secondary aluminum is
made into casting alloys; of these, about 60 percent are die-casting alloys. These alloys are used
mainly by the automobile and machinery industries (JACA, 1977a). Used beverage cans are not
the best components for these alloys due to high cost and high manganese and  magnesium
                                        D-6

-------
 content (Phoenix Quarterly). Secondary aluminum also may be used to make wrought alloys or
 as a deoxidizer in steel making (Kusik and Kenahan, 1978).

 D.23  Exports

        In 1988 the U.S. exported 536.4 thousand tons of aluminum scrap, consisting of 434.7
 thousand tons of aluminum waste and scrap, 4.3 thousand tons of used beverage cans, and 97.4
 thousand tons of remelt scrap ingot (Phoenix Quarterly). Japan is the largest recipient of this
 exported aluminum scrap, using it to manufacture can sheet, as a deoxidizer in steel mills, and for
 engine and other auto parts in the automobile industry (Furukawa, 1985).

 D.3    CURRENT AND HISTORICAL STATISTICS ON SECONDARY MATERIALS
        In 1989, about 1.1 million tons of postconsumer scrap aluminum was recovered,
 accounting for about 20 percent of apparent consumption of aluminum (U.S. Bureau of Mines
 1989).

        Aluminum comprises only about one percent of MS W by weight because it is so light;
 however, aluminum is probably the most valuable commodity recoverable from MS W. About 76
 to 79 percent of the aluminum in MSW is used beverage cans; other packaging, appliances, and
 lawn furniture account for the rest In 1986, consumers discarded 2.4 million tons of aluminum,
 of which 1.3 million tons were used beverage cans, 0.4 million tons were other aluminum
 packaging, and the remainder (0.7 million tons) was non-packaging aluminum. Of the 2.4
 million tons of aluminum discarded as MSW, 0.6 million tons were recovered (consisting almost
 entirely of used beverage cans), for an overall recovery rate of 25 percent of all aluminum
 discarded, 35.3 percent of aluminum packaging, and 46.2 percent of beverage cans (EPA,
 1988a). Table D-2 shows trends in aluminum discarded to MSW (after materials recovery) from
 1960 through 1986, with projections through 2000. The trend toward increasing aluminum
 discards is expected to continue.

       As discussed previously, used beverage cans are the dominant variety of aluminum in
 MSW and account for nearly all aluminum recycled. Table D-3 shows trends in used beverage
 can recycling from 1985 to 1988; Figure D-l shows those trends graphically from 1976 to 1988
 (Note that these data come from two different sources, so the figures do not agree exactly)
Except for a slight dip in 1986, the used beverage can recycling rate has increased steadily since
 1976. The potential exists for still higher recycling rates for used beverage cans; in California,
                                        D-7

-------
I
1
e
B
0
         0\
£
o\
8
         o
         oo
         o\
         in
         VO
         OS
        o\
           -
                              8
                    -9   -"9
                            §
                          V-4 »-H
                          do
                    -9
                  oo °>
                  do'
           <—" O   O i
             l>
            'O
                   t-4 O   O(
                   oo   oo
                          09
                                   Qd
                                  00
                  o      o
                
-------
TABLE D-3. USED BEVERAGE CANS SHIPPED AND RECYCLED, 1985 TO 1988

Year
1985
1986
1987
1988

Cans
Shipped
(billions)
64.9
68.3
72.5
77.9

Cans
Reclaimed
(billions)
32.8
32.2
36.6
42.5
^=^=1=

Recycling
Rate
(percent)
50.5
47.1
50.5
54.6

Cans per
Pound
26.6
27.0
27.4
28.3
=====
UBC
Reclaimed
(millions of
tons)
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.8
Billions of Cans Recycled
 45
National Recycling Rate
for Aluminum Can
                                                           87   88
     Figure D-1. Aluminum Beverage Can Recycling Growth in the U.S.
                Source: Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e, Rigid Container Sheet.
                                  D-9     ;  )

-------
 Texas, and some Southern states, the recycling rate for used beverage cans is as high as 60 to
 70 percent (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e). The aluminum industry wants to increase the national
 recycling rate for used beverage cans to 75 percent by 1995 (Phoenix Quarterly).

       Most aluminum recycling occurs through private collection efforts. In 1989, there were
 nearly 10,000 aluminum recycling centers in the U.S. One industry source estimates that over
 10 million people regularly recycle aluminum (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e). The primary
 incentive for recycling aluminum is to earn money; aluminum recycling centers pay about 26
 cents per pound (about a penny a can) for used beverage cans. In 1989, recyclers earned an
 estimated $900 million from recycling aluminum, compared to $90 million in 1980 (Alcoa,
 1989a through 1989e).

       The outlook for aluminum recycling is excellent Annual production of aluminum
 beverage cans is expected to continue to grow, reaching 120 billion cans by 1995. The market
 for recycled aluminum is strong and stable, and consumers have a financial incentive to recycle.
 The growth in recycling rates seen over the last decade should continue.

 D.4    RECENT MARKET INTERVENTIONS BY FEDERAL AND STATE
       GOVERNMENTS
       Aluminum recycling is unusual hi that it is dominated by private collection efforts. The
 literature offers little information on government interventions affecting the aluminum market;
 however, two types of program could have some effect

 D.4.1  Mandated Source-Separation Programs
       New Jersey passed a mandatory curbside recycling law in 1987 that requires counties to
 identify three recyclables for curbside collection. The aim is to reduce solid waste by 25 percent
 in two years  and increase voluntary recycling (Alcoa, 1989a through 1989e). Consumers who
 already recycle aluminum via private buy-back centers are likely to continue to do so (because
 they would not get paid for aluminum recycled by the curbside program). Curbside collection
 could encourage aluminum recycling by other consumers who do not currently do so. Therefore,
 mandatory source-separation programs may increase aluminum recycling.

D.4.2  Beverage Container Deposit Legislation (Bottle Bills)
       Bottle bill laws require the consumer to pay a deposit on beverage containers, which can
be redeemed by returning the containers to the retailer. Nine states (Connecticut, Delaware,
Iowa, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, New York, Oregon,  and Vermont) have enacted bottle

               '                        D-10     •  •  } •

-------
bills, and 23 others are considering such legislation. Bottle bills tend to cause a shift away from
glass toward plastic and aluminum in the beverage container market (EPA, 1988c). Therefore,
bottle bills could increase the availability of aluminum for recycling. It is not clear exactly what
effect such legislation would have on aluminum recycling practices.
                                        D-ll

-------

-------
                                 APPENDIX E
  COSTS AND CREDITS OF THE MATERIALS SEPARATION REQUIREMENT
                 FOR SELECTED GROUPS OF COMBUSTORS

       The tables in Appendix E compare the costs and credits of the materials separation
 requirement for many different groups of combustors. To ease comparison, the tables
 have the same format Each table gives the identified cbsts-and credits of the modeled
 materials separation programs. The costs are the costs of collecting recyclables, while the
 credits are the avoided landfill cost, avoided refuse collection cost, combustor downsizing
 credits, and revenue from the sale of recyclable materials. The difference after the credits
 are subtracted from the costs is given as the total cost This total cost is also reported per-
 metric-ton separated and per-metric-ton combusted. Except as noted below, the tables
 exclude the District of Columbia and certain states because they have laws that require at
 least 25 percent materials separation (see Section 2.2).

       The tables are divided into eight groups.  The first two  groups give the costs and
 credits for each model program. Group  1 gives costs and credits by program type for
 planned combustors  (regulated under the New Source Performance Standards); group two
 gives costs and credits for existing combustors by program type (regulated under the
 Emission Guidelines). Because there are many programs, and hence many tables in these
 groups, each group has a matrix showing which table applies to which community and
 program (Figures E-l and E-2). The row at the top of each figure shows the combinations
 of community population and population density. The column at the left of each figure
 shows the three program possibilities; two-stream option 1, two-stream option 2, and
 multiple stream. The intersection of the column and row gives a letter that corresponds to
 the table with that combination of community and program.

       The next two groups of tables include only one table each.  Table E-3A gives the
 aggregate national costs and credits for all planned combustors, while Table E-4A gives
 the aggregate national costs and credits for all exiting combustors.

       The fifth group of tables (E-5A through E-5F) gives national costs and credits for
each material that would be separated under the requirement There are six materials:
newspapers, glass, plastic, aluminum, ferrous metal, and yard wastes. Figure E-3 lists
each material and its corresponding table. The allocation of costs and credits to each
material was accomplished by proration on the basis of weight,  with one exception. The
exception is yard waste.  The collection and processing of yard  waste occurs separately
                                     E-l

-------
from the collection and processing of the other materials; therefore, the cost reported for
yard waste is the cost of collecting yard waste and composting. The reported costs for
newspapers and containers cannot be used to determine the incremental cost of collecting
and processing one type of material. For all materials, credits for downsizing, avoided
garbage collection, and avoided landfUling are prorated by weight

       The sixth, seventh, and eighth groups of tables give the national totals for various
subgroups of combustors. Each group consists of one table. Table E-6A gives the
aggregate national costs and credits for all combustors with a capacity at least 35 MgPD
(megagrams per day) for all states. Table E-7A gives the national totals (excluding the
nine states and the District of Columbia ) that have a 100 MgPD capacity or greater.
Table E-8A gives the national totals (excluding the nine states and District of Columbia)
for combustors with a 35 MgPD cutoff and with a different assumption regarding
composting programs. In the previous seven groups of tables, the net cost of composting
reflects the assumption that some communities will not operate composting programs,
some will operate backyard composting programs, and some will operate centralized
composting programs.  In Table 8, it is assumed that all communities operate centralized
composting programs, and, consequently, the estimates of composting cost and the
magnitude of credits increase.
                                     E-2

-------
-
Two Stream,
Option 1
Two Stream,
Option 2
Multiple
Stream

A
(VS/L)



Community^
B
(VS/M)



C
(S/L)



D
(S/M)
E-1A
E-1B
E-1C
" E
(M/M)

E-1D
E-1E
F
(H/M)
E-1F
E-1G
E-1H
G
(H/H)
E-11
E-1J

Communities classified as follows:
              Population:
      VS (very small)    P ^ 20,000
      S (small)         20,001 ^ P ^ 100,000
      M (medium)       100,000 z P < 200,000
      H (high)         200,001 z P
Density (persons/square mile):
L (low)       D <: 400
M (medium)   401 <, D < 800
H (high)      801 < D
FIGURE E-1. GUIDE TO TABLES IN GROUP 1 (COSTS AND CREDITS BY
            PROGRAM FOR PLANNED COMBUSTORS)
                                 E-3

-------
              TABLE E-1A. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          SMALL POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 1
                           PLANNED MWCs
                                  Estimate One
                 Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Sales Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted

13.9
(7.4)
NA
(2.1)
(5)
(0.6)
(6.3)
(1)

15.3
(7.4)
V • V
NA
(0.7)
\v" * /
(.1.6)
5.6
58.5
9.2
            TABLE E-1B. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
        SMALL POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
          TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                         PLANNED MWCS
(Annualized Cost in SIO6)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
Estimate One
     ••^^••^H

     4.5
     (2.3)
    NA
     (0.6)
     (1.8)

     (0.2)

    (10.1)
     (1.7)
Estimate Two
     m*^BH«

      4.9
     (2.3)
    NA
     (0.2)
     (0.6)

      1.8

    57
     9.6
                              E-4

-------
            TABLE E-1C. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         SMALL POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                          PLANNED MWCs
                                 Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $10^)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
  8.4
 (4.2)
NA
 (1.1)
 (2.7)

 0.4

 8.1
 1.3
  9.1
 (4.2)
NA
 (0.3)
 (0.9)

  3.7

 74.9
 11.8
            TABLE E-1D. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
        MEDIUM POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                         PLANNED MWCs
                                Estimate One
           Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in 3106) ~"
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Separation Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted
1.1
(0.6)
NA
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.3)
(21.5)
(3.5)
1.3
(0.6)
NA
(0.3)
(0.1)
0.3
45.4
7.4
                             E-5

-------
              TABLE E-1E. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         MEDIUM POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
               MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                            PLANNED MWCs
                                    Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(AnnuaHzed Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
  0.1

  4.8
  0.7
  2.8
  (1.1)
 NA
  (0.1)
  (0.3)

  1.4

 70.6
 10.3
             TABLE E-1F. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 1
                           PLANNED MWCs
                                   Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(AnnuaUzed Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing •
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 40.9
 (19.7)
NA
 (10.3)
 (21.1)
(10)

(22.6)
 (3.3)
 48.2
(19.7)
NA
 (2.5)
 (6.7)
 19

 43.1
  6.3
                                E-6

-------
              TABLE E-1G. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
             TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM:  OPTION 2
                            PLANNED MWCs
                                    Estimate One
              Estimate Two
 (Annualized Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Cbnibustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
  9
  (3)
 NA
  (2)
  (5)

  (0.9)

  (9.1)
  (1.5)
 57.7
  9.5
             TABLE E-1H. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                           PLANNED MWCs
                                   Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 13
 (4)
NA
 (2.6)
 (5.3)

  1

 10.9
  1.6
 14.8
 (4)
NA
 (0.6)
 (2.6)

 9

 76.5
 11.2
                                E-7

-------
             TABLE E-1I. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, HIGH DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM:  OPTION 1
                          PLANNED MWCs
                                 Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $10°)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
(15.7)

(17)
 (2.3)
                 66.8
                (36)
                NA
                 (5.4)
                (12)
13.4

47.4
 6.4
            TABLE E-U. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, HIGH DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                         PLANNED MWCs
                                 Estimate One
 Total
                                      (7)
           Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Separation Revenues

34
(13)
NA
(8.1)
(19.6)

39.7
(13)
NA
(1.9)
(6.2)
                19
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted
(17.2)
(2.7)
49.6
7.8
                              E-8

-------

Two Stream,
Option 1
Two Stream,
Option 2
Multiple
Stream

A
(VS/L)

E-2A
E-2B
Community3
B
(VS/M)



C
(S/L)

E-2C
E-2D
D
(S/M)
E-2E
E-2F

E
(M/M)
E-2G
E-2H
E-2I
F
(H/M)
E-2J
E-2K
E-2L
G
(H/H)
E-2M
E-2N

Communities classified as follows:
              Population:
      VS (very small)   P £ 20,000
      S (smalj)        20,001 £ P z 100,000
      M (medium)      100,000 £ P < 200,000
      H (high)         200,001 £ P
Density (persons/square mile):
L (low)       D £ 400
M (medium)    401 < D < 800
H (high)      801 <; D
FIGURE E-2. GUIDE TO TABLES IN GROUP 2 (COSTS AND CREDITS BY
            PROGRAM FOR EXISTING COMBUSTORS
                                 E-9

-------
              TABLE E-2A. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         VERY SMALL POPULATION, LOW DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                            EXISTING MWCs
                                    Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
  0.5
  NA
  (0.08)
  (0.03)
  (0.1)

  0.29

166.3
 34.9
   0.5
  NA
  (0.04)
  (0.02)
  (0.3)

   0.14

236.3
 49.6
             TABLE E-2B. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         VERY SMALL POPULATION, LOW DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
  1.4
  NA
  (0.3)
  (0.1)
  (0.3)

  0.8

139.6
 27
  1.4
  NA
  (0.1)
  (0.06)
  (0.09)

  1.15

210.1
 40.4
                                E-10

-------
              TABLE E-2C. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
            SMALL POPULATION, LOW DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                            EXISTING MWCs
                                    Estimate One
              Estimate Two
 (Annualized Cost in $10$
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
            $ per Mg Collected
            $ per Mg Combusted
  12
  NA
  (4)
  (2)
 J5)

  1

 23.4
  4.9
  13.1
  NA
  (1-9)
  (0.5)
  (1.5)

  8.2

 115.3
 24.2
             TABLE E-2D. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
            SMALL POPULATION, LOW DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 29
 NA
 (7.3)
 (3.5)
J8.5)

 9.7

 60.5
 11.7
 31.6
  NA
  (3.7)
  (1)
  (2.7)

 24.2

148.9
 28.8
                               E-ll

-------
             TABLE E-2E. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          SMALL POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM:  OPTION 1
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 0.5
28.3.
 5.4
  3
  NA
  (0.4)
  (0.1)
  (0.3)
  2.1

113.1
 21.6
             TABLE E-2F. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         SMALL POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 0.3

18.6
 3.9
  2.7
  NA
  (0.4)
  (0.1)
  (0.3)

  1.9
109.2
 22.9
                               E-12

-------
              TABLE E-2G. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          MEDIUM POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
             TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 1
                            EXISTING MWCs
                                    Estimate One
             Estimate Two
 (Annualized Cost in S106)
   Total Separation
   Combustor Downsizing
   Avoided LandfHling
   Avoided Regular Refuse
   Materials Separation Revenues
   Total
            $ per Mg Collected
            $ per Mg Combusted
  (0.4)

  (415)
  (0.8)
 19

 83.2
 14.7
             TABLE E-2H. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         MEDIUM POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
.(Annualized Cost in 3106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 (1)

(12.9)
 (2.6)
 6.2

76.3
15.3
                               E-13
  ;s

-------
             TABLE E-2I. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
        MEDIUM POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                          EXISTING MWCs
                                 Estimate One
Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
      5.5
      NA
      (0.8)
      (0.2)
      (0.5)
    106.7
     18.9
            TABLE E-2J. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
         HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 1
                         EXISTING MWCs
                                 Estimate One
Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106>
Costs of Collecting Recyclables
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Separation Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted

80.7
NA
(40.1)
(20.3)
(41.7)
- (21.4)
(24.3)
(4.3)

95
NA
(20.5)
(4.9)
(13.3)
56.3
63.9
11.3
                             E-14

-------
              TABLE E-2K. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
            TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 2
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
 (Annualized Cost in $106>
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 (7.8)

(29.8)
 (6)
16

60.6
12.2
             TABLE E-2L. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
          HIGH POPULATION, MEDIUM DENSITY COMMUNITY
              MULTIPLE STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM
                           EXISTING MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
                25.2

                89.2
                1518
                               E-15

-------
            TABLE E-2M. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, HIGH DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM: OPTION 1
                          EXISTING MWCs
                                  Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $10°)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
(22.5)

(23.6)
 (3.8)
                101.8
                 NA
                (22.3)
                 (5.7)
                (12.6)
61.2

64.0
10.3
            TABLE E-2N. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
           HIGH POPULATION, HIGH DENSITY COMMUNITY
           TWO-STREAM RECYCLING PROGRAM:  OPTION 2
                          EXISTING MWCs
                                 Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106>
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection "
Materials Separation Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted

46.5
NA
(23.3)
(11.1)
(26.8)
(13.7)
(28.5)
(5.5)

54.3
NA
(11.9)
(2,7)
(8.6)
31.1
61.1
11.8
                              E-16

-------
              TABLE E-3. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
                NATIONAL TOTALS FOR ALL PROGRAMS
                           PLANNED MWCs
                                   Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in S106)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Separation Revenues
Total
XUuU
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted
^ 	 	

208
(90)
NA
(50)
(100)

(32)
(15)
(2)

244
(90)
\"* v/
NA
(12)
V •*"•*/
(32)

110
53
7
             TABLE E-4. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
               NATIONAL TOTALS FOR ALL PROGRAMS
                          EXISTING MWCs
                                  Estimate One
           Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Residential Refuse Collection
  Materials Separation Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
357
NA
(161)
(81)
(168)
(54)
(15)
(3)
413
NA
(82)
(20)
(54)
(256)
(73)
(13)
                              E-17
r'

-------
    Newspaper

    Glass

    Aluminum

    Ferrous

    Plastic

    Yard Waste
E-5A

E-5B

E-5C

E-5D

E-5E

E-5F
FIGURE E-3. GUIDE TO TABLES IN GROUP 5
          (COST AND CREDITS BY MATERIAL
          SEPARATED)
                 E-18

-------
              TABLE E-5A. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
             NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
                              NEWSPAPERS
                                    Estimate One
              Estimate Two
 (Annualized Cost in $106>
   Total Separation

   Combustor Downsizing
   Avoided Landfilling
  • Avoided Garbage Collection
   Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
            $ per Mg Collected
            $ per Mg Combusted
 184

  (17)
  (30)
  (25)
 _(47)

  63

  11
   2
     199

     (17)
     (15)
      (6)
      (6)
    -i^—^™

     154

     27
      5
              TABLE E-5B. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
             NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
                                GLASS
                                    Estimate One
(Annualized Cost in $106>
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 125
 (11)
 (21)
 (17)
_(58)

 17

  3
  0.5
Estimate Two
    ^••^•••B

    141
    (11)
    (10)
     (4)
     99

     18
      3
                               E-19

-------
             TABLE E-5C. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
            NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
                            ALUMINUM

(Annualized Cost in S106)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Sales Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted
Estimate One
12
(1)
(2)
(1)
(83)
(75)
(13)
(2)
Estimate Two
28
(1)
(1)
(4)
(41)
(16)
(3)
(0.5)
            TABLE E-5D. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
            NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
                         FERROUS METAL
                                 Estimate One
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
32
 (3)
 (5)
 (4)
(16)
 0.6
 0.1
30

 5
 0.9
                              E-20

-------
 TABLE E-5E. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
 NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
                PLASTIC
                    Estimate One
 Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in SIO6)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Sales Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted

55
(5)
(10)
(7)
(64)
(31)
(6)
(1)

70
(5)
(5)
(2)
(13)
(46)
(8)
(1)
 TABLE E-5F. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS BY MATERIAL
              YARDWASTE
                   Estimate One
Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in SIO6)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Sales Revenues
Total
$ per Mg Collected
$ per Mg Combusted

156
(52)
(92)
(75)
	 (0)
(63)
(11)
(2)

171
(52)
\mf~/
(47)
\-ri j
(18)
\ •**-'/
	 (0)
54
10
2
                E-21

-------
             TABLE E-6. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
                   NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS
     COMBUSTORS WITH AT LEAST 35 MGPD CAPACITY, ALL STATES
                                  Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annuafized Cost in S106)
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
(116)

 (20)
  (5)
                 915
                (125)
                (133)
                 (44)
                (120)
492

 62
 14
             TABLE E-7. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
                  NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS
          COMBUSTORS WITH AT LEAST 100 MGPD CAPACITY
 Total
                                 Estimate One
          $ per Mg Collected
          $ per Mg Combusted
(92)

(17)
 (3)
            Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in SIO6)
Total Separation
Combustor Downsizing
Avoided Landfilling
Avoided Garbage Collection
Materials Sales Revenues

541
(88)
(155)
(128)
(261)

631
(88)
(79)
(31)
(83) :
342

 63
 10
                              E-22
 Z'l

-------
              TABLE E-8. MATERIALS SEPARATION COSTS
                   NATIONAL AGGREGATE TOTALS
          COMBUSTORS WITH AT LEAST 35 MGPD CAPACITY,
                 ORIGINAL COMPOSTING ASSUMPTION
                                   Estimate One
             Estimate Two
(Annualized Cost in $106>
  Total Separation
  Combustor Downsizing
  Avoided Landfilling
  Avoided Garbage Collection
  Materials Sales Revenues
  Total
617
(103)
(184)
(150)
(269)
709
(103)
 (94)
 (37)
 (86)
           $ per Mg Collected
           $ per Mg Combusted
 (89)

 (14)
  (3)
390

 60
 11
                               E-23

-------

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           ,'rlease read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 EPA-450/3/91-002
                                                         3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
 Air Pollution Emission Standards and Guidelines
 for Municipal Waste  Combustors:   Economic Analysis
 of Materials Separation Requirement
             5. REPORT DATE
              November 1990
             6..PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 Brian J. Morton, Christine D. Ellestad, Denise C.  Byrd
 Don W. Anderson,.Chris C. Chapman, and Anne E. Crook
             8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
              RTI Project Number
              233U-4853-28
                        IE AND ADDRESS
 Center for Economics Research
 Research Triangle Institute
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
                                                         10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                                                         1A1153C003
             11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO."
              EPA Contract
              68D80073
            iGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                                         13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                                          Final
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
              53C
             IY NOTES
 A companion report is ".   .   .  .Revision and Update of Economic Impact  Analysis
 and Regulatory Impact Analysis,"  EPA-450/3-91-003 (November 1990).
 The new source performance  standards and emission guidelines for municipal  waste
 combustors mandate separation of  25  percent of municipal solid waste prior  to
 combustion.  This study investigates the residential recycling programs that
 communities of different populations and population densities may operate to
 comply with the requirement.   The study predicts that two-stream-and multiple-'
 stream recycling programs,  along  with centralized composting, will be most
 frequent.  The probability  that a community will operate a certain program
 depends on the type of community  and type of program.  The study also predicts
 the relationships among the type  of  program, the type of community, and the
 diversion rates.  The study calculates the total diversion of each separated
 material, the change in prices of these materials,  the cost of each recycling
 program, and the national cost of the separation requirement.  Cost-savings from
 planned combustor downsizing,  avoided landfilling,  and avoided garbage collection
 were also calculated.  The  estimate  of net cost includes annualized capital,
 operations, and maintenance costs, cost-savings, and revenues.
7.
                              KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                 DESCRIPTORS
                                           b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C.  COSATI Field/Group
8. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 Release unlimited
19. SECURITY CLASS /This Report I
  Unclassified
21. NO. OF PAGES
  232
                                           20. SECURITY CLASS IThis page/
                                             Unclassified
                                                                     22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (R»v. 4-77)   PREVIOUS EDITION us OBSOLETE

-------

-------